Manual for the Seed7 programming language


CONTENTS

  1. INTRODUCTION
    1. What is Seed7?
    2. Why a new programming language?
    3. Features of Seed7
    4. How to read the manual
  2. TUTORIAL
    1. Hello world
    2. Local declarations and expressions
    3. For loop and float expressions
    4. Parameters
    5. Declare a statement
    6. Template declaring a statement
  3. DECLARATIONS
    1. Normal declarations
    2. Syntax declarations
    3. System declarations
  4. PREDEFINED STATEMENTS
    1. Assignment
    2. while-statement
    3. repeat-statement
    4. for-statement
    5. for-step-statement
    6. for-each-statement
    7. if-statement
    8. case-statement
  5. PREDEFINED TYPES
    1. boolean
    2. integer
    3. bigInteger
    4. rational
    5. bigRational
    6. float
    7. complex
    8. char
    9. string
    10. array
    11. hash
    12. set
    13. struct
    14. category
    15. reference
    16. ref_list
    17. program
    18. ptr
    19. ENUMERATION
    20. color
    21. time
    22. duration
    23. file
    24. text
    25. func
    26. varfunc
    27. void
    28. proc
    29. type
    30. object
    31. expr
  6. PARAMETERS
    1. 'val' parameter
    2. 'ref' parameter
    3. 'in' parameter
    4. 'in var' parameter
    5. 'inout' parameter
    6. Symbol parameter
    7. 'attr' parameter
  7. OBJECT ORIENTATION
    1. Interface and implementation
    2. Dynamic dispatch
    3. Inheritance
    4. Class methods
    5. Multiple dispatch
    6. Replacing pointers with interface types
  8. THE FILE SYSTEM
    1. Conversion to strings and back
    2. Basic input and output operations
    3. Input and output with conversion
    4. Simple read and write statements
    5. Standard input and output files
    6. Access to operating system files
    7. Keyboard file
    8. Files with line structure
    9. Sockets
    10. User defined file types
    11. Scanning a file
  9. STRUCTURED SYNTAX DEFINITION
    1. The Extended Backus-Naur Form
    2. The syntax of a statement
    3. Priority and associativity
    4. The syntax of operators
    5. Syntax of predefined statements
    6. Advanced syntax definitions
    7. Comparison of EBNF and S7SSD
  10. TOKENS
    1. White space
      1. Spaces
      2. Comments
      3. Line comments
    2. Identifiers
      1. Name identifiers
      2. Special identifiers
      3. Parentheses
    3. Literals
      1. Integer literals
      2. BigInteger literals
      3. Float literals
      4. String literals
      5. Character literals
  11. EXPRESSIONS
    1. Parentheses
    2. Call expressions
    3. Dot expressions
  12. OPERATING SYSTEM ACCESS
    1. Standard path representation
    2. readDir
    3. openDir
    4. getcwd
    5. chdir
    6. mkdir
    7. homeDir
    8. fileType
    9. fileMode
    10. setFileMode
    11. fileSize
    12. getATime
    13. getCTime
    14. getMTime
    15. setATime
    16. setMTime
    17. readlink
    18. symlink
    19. removeFile
    20. removeAnyFile
    21. copyFile
    22. cloneFile
    23. moveFile
    24. argv(PROGRAM)
    25. name(PROGRAM)
    26. path(PROGRAM)
    27. dir(PROGRAM)
    28. file(PROGRAM)
    29. getenv
    30. setenv
    31. environment
  13. PRIMITIVE ACTIONS
    1. Actions for the type ACTION
    2. Actions for array types
    3. Actions for the type bigInteger
    4. Actions for the type boolean
    5. Actions for byte strings
    6. Actions for the type char
    7. Actions for various directory, file and other commands
    8. Actions for text (console) screen output
    9. Actions for declarations
    10. Actions to do graphic output
    11. Actions for enumeration types
    12. Actions for the type clib_file
    13. Actions for the type float
    14. Actions to support the graphic keyboard
    15. Actions for hash types
    16. Actions for the type integer
    17. Actions for interface types
    18. Actions to support the text (console) screen keyboard
    19. Actions for the list type
    20. Actions for the type pollData
    21. Actions for proc operations and statements
    22. Actions for the type program
    23. Actions for the type reference
    24. Actions for the type ref_list
    25. Actions for struct types
    26. Actions for set types
    27. Actions for the type PRIMITIVE_SOCKET
    28. Actions for the type string
    29. Actions for the type time
    30. Actions for the type type
    31. Actions for the type utf8_file
  14. FOREIGN FUNCTION INTERFACE
    1. C types used by the implementation
    2. String and path conversions
    3. Macros to access the action parameters
    4. Functions to create action results
  15. ERRORS
    1. Compile time errors
    2. Exceptions
    3. Handlers
    4. Stack trace
    5. Other errors and warnings

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 What is Seed7?

Seed7 is a general-purpose programming language. It is a higher level language compared to Ada, C++ and Java. In Seed7 new statements and operators can be defined easily. Functions with type results and type parameters are more elegant than the usual template or generics concept. Object orientation is used when it brings advantages and not in places when other solutions are more obvious. Although Seed7 contains several concepts of other programming languages it is generally not considered as a direct descendant of any other programming language.

The programmer should concentrate on problem solving instead of administration or the fulfillment of some paradigm. Therefore Seed7 allows programming in the "problem space" instead of bending everything into a small syntactic or semantic concept. The predefined constructs of Seed7 are defined in a way to be easy readable and understandable. This practical approach can be summarized as:

 Programming should be fun 

Seed7 programs can be interpreted or compiled. Therefore Seed7 can be used for scripting and for "real" programs.

1.2 Why a new programming language?

Conventional programming languages have a firmly given syntactic structure. The form of the statements, operators, declarations, procedures and functions is fixed in the language definition and cannot be changed by the user. It is only possible to declare new procedures, functions and in some languages also new operators. However the syntax of procedure-, function and operator calls cannot be changed. Although this rigid pattern is favorable for the portability of programs, the improvement of a programming language is almost impossible. Extensions are however desirable, in order to repair existing weaknesses, to introduce new more obvious constructs and to adapt the programming language to different application areas. E.g.: In the area of mathematics the readability of a program can be substantially increased by the introduction of matrix and vector operators. After declaring an inner product and an outer (or cross) product for vectors it is possible to write e.g.

v1: = v2 cross v3;   write(v1 * v2);

Programs which search for some data in a database can become more understandable by using a for statement to loop over the tables. A usage of such a for statement could be:

for person1, person2
where person1.age = person2.age and
     person1.mother = person2.mother and
     person1 <> person2 do
   writeln("Twins: " <& person1.name <& " and " <& person2.name);
end for;

Such extensions make understanding, changing and debugging of a program easier.

1.3 Features of Seed7

Seed7 has the following features

But a new programming language differs not only from existing ones by new features. The real advantage comes from omitting features which are outdated.

Several concepts in use by other languages are not present

There are several concepts which are also used by other languages:

There are several concepts which are new

Several restrictions of other languages are released

1.4 How to read the manual

You can have several views of the Seed7 programming language. Dependent on the view you can concentrate on specific chapters.

For example Seed7 can be used as conventional programming language. In this case you are interested in how the statements look like, which types are available, which operators are predefined, how to declare variables and procedures and other things like these. The statements and the predefined types are described in chapter 4 (Predefined statements) and chapter 5 (Predefined types) and the declaration mechanism is described in chapter 3 (Declarations).

But Seed7 is also an object oriented programming language. In this case you are interested in how to define new classes, how instances are generated, the method calling mechanism, the predefined class hierarchy and other things like these. The object orientation of Seed7 is described in chapter 7 (Object orientation). A good example for classes and instances is the file system which is described in chapter 8 (The file system).

And Seed7 is also an extensible programming language. In this case you are interested in how to declare new statements, how to define new operators, assigning a priority and an associativity to operators and other things like these. An overview about syntax declarations can be found in Chapter 3.2 (Syntax declarations). A detailed description of the Seed7 syntax definitions can be found in chapter 9 (Structured syntax definition). Chapter 4 (Predefined statements) contains various examples of syntax and semantic declarations. The basic parts of the syntax are described in chapter 10 (Tokens) and chapter 11 (Expressions).

2. TUTORIAL

We begin with a tutorial introduction to Seed7. In this chapter we want to show the principal ideas that make Seed7 work. At this point, we are not trying to be complete or precise. We just want to give a clear view to the primary philosophic ideas of Seed7. When the primary ideas are understood a complete and precise reference can be learned easier.

2.1 Hello world

A Seed7 program consists of a sequence of declarations. With each declaration a type and a name is attached to the new object. In addition every new declared object gets an initial value.

Here is an example of an object declaration:

const proc: main is func
  begin
    writeln("hello world");
  end func;

The object 'main' is declared as constant and proc is the type of 'main'. Declaring 'main' with the type proc makes a procedure out of it. The object 'main' gets a

func ... end func

construct as value. The 'func' construct is similar to begin ... end in PASCAL and { ... } in C. Inside the 'func' is a writeln statement with the "hello world" string. The writeln statement is used to write a string followed by a newline character. To use this declaration as the standard hello world example program, we have to add a few things:

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  begin
    writeln("hello world");
  end func;

The first line includes all definitions of the standard library. In contrast to other standard libraries the seed7_05.s7i library contains not only function declarations but also declarations of statements and operators. Additionally the seed7_05.s7i library defines the 'main' function as entry point for a Seed7 program.

If you write this program in a file called hello.sd7 and execute the command

s7 hello

The Seed7 interpreter writes something like

SEED7 INTERPRETER Version 5.0.4  Copyright (c) 1990-2013 Thomas Mertes
hello world

You get information about the Seed7 interpreter and the output of the world.sd7 program:

hello world

The the option -q can be used to suppress the line with information about the Seed7 interpreter:

s7 -q hello

2.2 Local declarations and expressions

To write a Fahrenheit to Celsius conversion table we use the following program:

(* Print a Fahrenheit-Celsius table
   for Fahrenheit values between 0 and 300 *)

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  local
    const integer: lower is 0;
    const integer: upper is 300;
    const integer: increment is 20;
    var integer: fahr is 0;
    var integer: celsius is 0;
  begin
    fahr := lower;
    while fahr <= upper do
      celsius := 5 * (fahr - 32) div 9;
      write(fahr);
      write(" ");
      writeln(celsius);
      fahr := fahr + increment;
    end while;
  end func;

Everything between (* and *) is a comment, which is ignored. This program contains local constants and variables of the type integer. The constants and variables must be initialized when they are declared. This program contains also an assignment, a while-statement and the expression to compute the 'celsius' value. Note that the statements inside the while-loop are between 'do' and 'end while'. The expression to compute the 'celsius' value uses an integer division (div). The 'write' statement can be used to write strings and integers without a newline character. The output produced by this program is

0 -17
20 -6
40 4
60 15
80 26
100 37
120 48
140 60
160 71
180 82
200 93
220 104
240 115
260 126
280 137
300 148

2.3 For loop and float expressions

An improved version of the program to write the Fahrenheit to Celsius conversion table is:

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";
  include "float.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  local
    const integer: lower is 0;
    const integer: upper is 300;
    const integer: increment is 20;
    var integer: fahr is 0;
    var float: celsius is 0.0;
  begin
    for fahr range lower to upper step increment do
      celsius := flt(5 * (fahr - 32)) / 9.0;
      writeln(fahr lpad 3 <& " " <& celsius digits 2 lpad 6);
    end for;
  end func;

To use the type float it is necessary to include float.s7i. The float variable 'celsius' must be initialized with 0.0 (instead of 0). The for-loop is written as:

for ... range ... to ... step ... do
  ...
end for

To specify a lower and an upper limit together with a step value. For a step value of 1 the for-loop it is written as:

for ... range ... to ... do
  ...
end for

And for a step value of -1 it can be written as:

for ... range ... downto ... do
  ...
end for

Since Seed7 is strong typed integer and float values cannot be mixed in expressions. Therefore the integer expression '5 * (fahr - 32)' is converted to float with the function flt. For the same reason a '/' division and the value '9.0' must be used. The <& operator is used to concatenate elements before writing. If the right operand of the <& operator has not the type string it is converted to a string using the 'str' function. The lpad operator converts the value of 'fahr' to a string and pads spaces to the left until the string has length 3. The digits operator converts the value of 'celsius' to a string with 2 decimal digits. The resulting string is padded left up to a length of 6.

2.4 Parameters

Most parameters are not changed inside a function. Seed7 uses 'in' parameters to describe this situation:

const func integer: negate (in integer: num1) is
  return -num1;

const func integer: fib (in integer: num1) is func
  result
    var integer: fib is 1;
  begin
    if num1 <> 1 and num1 <> 2 then
      fib := fib(pred(num1)) + fib(num1 - 2);
    end if;
  end func;

The functions above use 'in' parameters named 'num1'. An assignment to 'num1' is not allowed. A formal 'in' parameter like 'num1' behaves like a constant. Trying to change a formal 'in' parameter:

const proc: wrong (in integer: num2) is func
  begin
    num2 := 0;
  end func;

results in a compile time error:

*** tst77.sd7(5):52: Variable expected in {num2 := 0 } found parameter (in integer: num2)
    num2 := 0;

When a function wants to change the value of the actual parameter it can use an 'inout' parameter:

const proc: reset (inout integer: num2) is func
  begin
    num2 := 0;
  end func;

If you call this function with

reset(number);

the variable 'number' has the value 0 afterwards. Calling 'reset' with a constant instead of a variable:

reset(8);

results in a compile time error

*** tst77.sd7(12):52: Variable expected in {8 reset } found constant integer: 8
    reset(8);

Sometimes an 'in' parameter is needed, but you need to change the formal parameter in the function without affecting the actual parameter. In this case we use the 'in var' parameter:

const func string: oct_str (in var integer: number) is func
  result
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    if number >= 0 then
      repeat;
        stri := str(number mod 8) & stri;
        number := number mdiv 8;
      until number = 0;
    end if;
  end func;

As you can see this works like a combination of an 'in' parameter with a local 'var'.

Conventionally there are two kinds of parameters: 'call by value' and 'call by reference'. When taking the access right (constant or variable) into account we get the following table:

parameter call by access right
val value const
ref reference const
in val / ref const
in var value var
inout reference var

Additionally to the parameters we already know this table describes also 'val' and 'ref' parameters which use 'call by value' and 'call by reference' and have a constant formal parameter. The 'in' parameter is called by 'val / ref' in this table which is easily explained:

An 'in' parameter is either a 'val' or a 'ref' parameter depending on the type of the parameter.

The parameter

in integer: number

is a 'val' parameter which could also be declared as

val integer: number

while the parameter

in string: stri

is a 'ref' parameter which could also be declared as

ref string: stri

The meaning of the 'in' parameter is predefined for most types. Usually types with small amounts of data use 'val' as 'in' parameter while types with bigger data amounts use 'ref'. Most of the time it is not necessary to care if an 'in' parameter is really a 'val' or 'ref' parameter.

In rare cases a 'ref' parameter would have undesired side effects with global variables or other 'ref' parameters. In these cases an explicit 'val' parameter instead of an 'in' parameter makes sense.

In all normal cases an 'in' parameter should be preferred over an explicit 'val' and 'ref' parameter.

2.5 Declare a statement

This example program writes its arguments

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";       # Standard Seed7 library

const proc: main is func
  local
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    for stri range argv(PROGRAM) do
      write(stri <& " ");
    end for;
    writeln;
  end func;

The for-statement iterates over argv(PROGRAM). The function argv(PROGRAM) returns an array string (=array of string elements). The for-statement is overloaded for various collection types. In the standard Seed7 library seed7_05.s7i the for-statement for arrays is declared as follows:

const proc: for (inout baseType: variable) range (in arrayType: arr_obj) do
              (in proc: statements)
            end for is func
  local
    var integer: number is 0;
  begin
    for number range 1 to length(arr_obj) do
      variable := arr_obj[number];
      statements;
    end for;
  end func;

The syntax of this for-statement is declared as:

$ syntax expr: .for.().range.().to.().do.().end.for is              -> 25;

Additionally everybody can overload the for-statement also. Because of these powerful features Seed7 does not need iterators.

2.6 Template declaring a statement

Templates are just normal functions with types as parameters. The following template function declares for-statements:

const proc: FOR_DECLS (in type: aType) is func
  begin

    const proc: for (inout aType: variable) range (in aType: low) to (in aType: high) do
        (in proc: statements) end for is func
      begin
        variable := low;
        if variable <= high then
          statements;
          while variable < high do
            incr(variable);
            statements;
          end while;
        end if;
      end func;

  end func;

FOR_DECLS(char);
FOR_DECLS(boolean);

The body of the 'FOR_DECLS' function contains a declaration of the for-statement for the type aType. Calling 'FOR_DECLS' with char and boolean as parameter creates corresponding declarations of for-statements. The example above is a simplified part of the library forloop.s7i.

3. DECLARATIONS

A declaration specifies the identifier, type, and other aspects of language elements such as variables, constants and functions. In Seed7 everything must be declared before it is used. Seed7 uses three kinds of declarations:

which are described in detail in the following subchapters.

3.1 Normal declarations

Normal declarations are the most commonly used form of declarations. To contrast them to the syntax declarations normal declarations are sometimes called semantic declarations. Seed7 uses uniform looking declaration constructs to declare variables, constants, types, functions and parameters. For example:

const integer: ONE is 1;

declares the integer constant 'ONE' which is initialized with the value 1. Variable declarations are also possible. For example:

var integer: number is 0;

declares the integer variable 'number' which is initialized with the value 0. Type declarations are done as constant declarations where the type of the declared constant is type:

const type: myChar is char;

Function declarations are also a form of constant declaration:

const func boolean: flipCoin is
  return rand(FALSE, TRUE);

Each object declared with a 'const' or 'var' declaration obtains an initial value. It is not possible to use 'const' or 'var' declarations without initial value. Declarations with initialization expressions are also possible. For example

var string: fileName is NAME & ".txt";

The expression is evaluated and the result is assigned to the new object. This is done in the analyze phase of the interpreter or compiler, before the execution of the program starts. The initialization expressions may contain any function (or operator) call. That way user defined functions can also be used to initialize a constant or variable:

const boolean: maybe is flipCoin;

Constant and variable declarations can be global or local. The mechanism to define a parameter like 'x' is similar to the 'const' or 'var' declarations:

const func float: inverse (in float: x) is
  return 1/x;

Function parameters, such as the parameter 'statement' in the example below, act as call-by-name parameters:

const proc: possiblyDo (in proc: statement) is func
  begin
    if flipCoin then
      statement;
    end if;
  end func;

Abstract data types such as subtype, struct, subrange, array, hash, set, interface and enum are realized as functions which return a type. E.g.: The type array is defined in the seed7_05.s7i library with the following header:

const func type: array (in type: baseType) is func

User defined abstract data types are also possible.

The initialization uses the creation operation ( ::= ). Explicit calls of the create operation are not needed.

The lifetime of an object goes like this:

  1. Memory is reserved for the new object (stack or heap memory make no difference here).
  2. The content of the new memory is undefined (It may contain garbage), therefore a create statement is necessary instead of an assignment.
  3. The create statements copies the right expression to the left expression taking into account that the left expression is undefined.
  4. If the object is variable other values can be assigned using the assign statement ( := ). The assignment can assume that the left expression contains a legal value. This allows that for strings (and some other types which are just references to a memory area) the memory containing the old string value (and not the memory of the object itself) can be freed when necessary.
  5. At the end of the lifetime of an object the destroy statement is executed. For strings (and some other types which are just references to a memory area) the memory containing the string value (and not the memory of the object itself) is freed.
  6. The memory of the object is freed.

The first three steps are usually hidden in the declaration statement. The expression

ONE . ::= . 1

is executed to assign 1 to the object ONE. There are two reasons to use ::= instead of := to assign the initialization value.

  1. The assignment ( := ) can only be used to assign a value to a variable and initialization is also needed for constants.
  2. Sometimes some initializations are needed for the new object in addition to the pure assignment.

For all predefined types the creation operator ( ::= ) is already defined. To allow the declaration of objects of a new user defined type the constructor operation for this type must be defined.

3.2 Syntax declarations

Syntax declarations are used to specify the syntax, priority and associativity of operators, statements, declarations and other constructs. A syntax declaration which defines the '+' operator is:

$ syntax expr: .(). + .()   is ->  7;

Most syntax definitions can be found in the file syntax.s7i. A detailed description of the syntax declarations can be found in chapter 9 (Structured syntax definition) There is also a hard coded syntax for function calls with a parenthesis enclosed parameter list where the parameters are separated by commas. The hard coded syntax is described in chapter 11 (Expressions). Here we use a more complex syntax description:

3.3 System declarations

With system declarations the analyzer and the interpreter are informed about which objects should be used for various system internal purposes. An example of a system declaration is

$ system "integer" is integer;

This defines that the type of all integer literals is integer. Additionally integer is used as type for all integers generated by primitive actions. There are different objects which are defined by a system declaration

The following system declarations exist

$ system "type" is type;
$ system "expr" is expr;
$ system "integer" is integer;
$ system "bigInteger" is bigInteger;
$ system "char" is char;
$ system "string" is string;
$ system "proc" is proc;
$ system "float" is float;

$ system "true" is TRUE;
$ system "false" is FALSE;
$ system "empty" is empty;

$ system "memory_error" is MEMORY_ERROR;
$ system "numeric_error" is NUMERIC_ERROR;
$ system "range_error" is RANGE_ERROR;
$ system "file_error" is FILE_ERROR;
$ system "illegal_action" is ILLEGAL_ACTION;

$ system "assign" is := ;
$ system "create" is ::= ;
$ system "destroy" is destroy;
$ system "ord" is ord;
$ system "in" is in;
$ system "prot_outfile" is PROT_OUTFILE;
$ system "flush" is flush;
$ system "write" is write;
$ system "writeln" is writeln;
$ system "main" is main;

4. PREDEFINED STATEMENTS

The library contains several predefined statements: assignment, while-statement, repeat-statement, for-statement, if-statement, case-statement and procedure call.

Syntax:
statement ::=
single_statement [ ';' [ statement ] ] .

single_statement ::=
assignment_statement | while_statement | repeat_statement |
for_statement | for_step_statement | for_each_statement |
if_statement | case_statement |
procedure_call | empty_statement .

empty_statement ::=
'noop' .

Everywhere where one statement can be written a sequence of statements can also be used. The semicolon-operator concatenates two statements giving a new statement. The semicolon operator can also be used behind the last statement of a statement sequence. In this case the semicolon is just ignored.

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .(). ; .() is            <- 50;
$ syntax expr: .(). ; is                <- 50 [1];

const proc: (ref void param) ; (ref void param) is noop;

4.1 Assignment

For example:

minimum := maximum div 2;

Semantics:
The expression at the right side of the assignment symbol is evaluated and assigned to the variable at the left side.
Syntax:
assignment_statement ::=
designator ':=' expression .

The assignment statement is defined for every standard type.

If an assignment for a new user defined type is needed it must be defined additionally.

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .(). := .() is                     <-> 20;

const proc: (inout type: dest) := (ref type: source)             is action "TYP_CPY";
const proc: (inout proc: dest) := (ref proc: source)             is action "PRC_CPY";
const proc: (inout func aType: dest) := (ref func aType: source) is action "PRC_CPY";
const proc: (inout varfunc aType: dest) := (ref varfunc aType: source) is action "PRC_CPY";
const proc: (inout ACTION: dest) := (in ACTION: source)          is action "ACT_CPY";
const proc: (inout boolean: dest) := (in boolean: source)        is action "BLN_CPY";
const proc: (inout integer: dest) := (in integer: source)        is action "INT_CPY";
const proc: (inout char: dest) := (ref char: source)             is action "CHR_CPY";
const proc: (inout string: dest) := (ref string: source)         is action "STR_CPY";
const proc: (inout reference: dest) := (ref reference: source)   is action "REF_CPY";
const proc: (inout ref_list: dest) := (in ref_list: source)      is action "RFL_CPY";
const proc: (inout ptrType: dest) := (in ptrType: source)        is action "REF_CPY";
const proc: (inout varptrType: dest) := (in varptrType: source)  is action "REF_CPY";
const proc: (inout arrayType: dest) := (in arrayType: source)    is action "ARR_CPY";
const proc: (inout bitset: dest) := (in bitset: source)          is action "SET_CPY";
const proc: (inout structType: dest) := (in structType: source)  is action "SCT_CPY";
const proc: (inout enumType: dest) := (in enumType: source)      is action "ENU_CPY";
const proc: (inout clib_file: dest) := (ref clib_file: source)   is action "FIL_CPY";
const proc: (inout interfaceType: dest) := (ref interfaceType: source) is action "ITF_CPY";
const proc: (inout interfaceType: dest) := (ref aType: source)   is action "ITF_CPY2";

4.2 while-statement

For example:

while maximum > minimum do
  minimum := 2 * minimum + stepValue;
  decr(stepValue);
end while;

Semantics:
First the condition between while and do is evaluated. When this evaluation yields FALSE, the while-statement is finished. When the evaluation yields TRUE, the statement between do and end is executed and the whole while-statement is executed again.
Syntax:
while_statement ::=
'while' expression 'do'
  statement
'end' 'while' .

The expression must be of type boolean.

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .while.().do.().end.while is       -> 25;

const proc: while (ref func boolean: condition) do (in proc: statement) end while is action "PRC_WHILE";
const proc: while (in boolean: condition)  do (in proc: statement) end while      is action "PRC_WHILE";

Alternate declaration:

const proc: while (ref func boolean: condition) do (in proc: statement) end while is func
  begin
    if condition then
      statement;
      while condition do
        statement;
      end while;
    end if;
  end func;

4.3 repeat-statement

For example:

repeat
  incr(minimum);
  maximum := maximum - stepValue;
until 2 * minimum > maximum;

Semantics:
The statement between repeat and until is executed. Then the condition after until is evaluated. When this evaluation yields TRUE, the repeat-statement is finished. When the evaluation yields FALSE the repeat-statement is executed again.
Syntax:
repeat_statement ::=
'repeat'
  statement
'until' expression .

The expression must be of type boolean.

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .repeat.().until.() is             -> 25;

const proc: repeat (in proc: statement) until (ref func boolean: condition) is action "PRC_REPEAT";
const proc: repeat (in proc: statement) until (in boolean: condition)       is action "PRC_REPEAT";

Alternate declaration:

const proc: repeat (in proc: statement) until (ref func boolean: condition) is func
  begin
    statement;
    if not condition then
      repeat
        statement;
      until condition;
    end if;
  end func;

4.4 for-statement

For example:

for index range min_index to max_index do
  sumValue +:= field[index];
end for;

Semantics:
When the to symbol is used the for-statement is defined as follows:
First the lower limit and the upper limit which stand behind range and to are evaluated. Then the lower limit is assigned to the control variable which stands behind for. If the value of the control variable is less than or equal the upper limit the statements behind do are executed. After that the control variable is incremented and compared with the upper limit again. This compare - execute - increment cycle is repeated until the control variable is greater than the upper limit.
When the downto symbol is used the for-statement is defined as follows:
First the upper limit and the lower limit which stand behind range and downto are evaluated. Then the upper limit is assigned to the control variable which stands behind for. If the value of the control variable is greater than or equal the lower limit the statements behind do are executed. After that the control variable is decremented and compared with the lower limit again. This compare - execute - increment cycle is repeated until the control variable is less than the lower limit.
Syntax:
for_statement ::=
'for' identifier 'range' expression [ 'to' | 'downto' ] expression 'do'
  statement
'end' 'for' .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .for.().range.().to.().do.().end.for is     -> 25;
$ syntax expr: .for.().range.().downto.().do.().end.for is -> 25;

const proc: FOR_DECLS (in type: aType) is func
  begin
    const proc: for (inout aType: variable) range
        (in aType: lowerLimit) to (in aType: upperLimit) do
        (in proc: statements) end for is func
      begin
        variable := lowerLimit;
        if variable <= upperLimit then
          statements;
          while variable < upperLimit do
            incr(variable);
            statements;
          end while;
        end if;
      end func;

    const proc: for (inout aType: variable) range
        (in aType: upperLimit) downto (in aType: lowerLimit) do
        (in proc: statements) end for is func
      begin
        variable := upperLimit;
        if variable >= lowerLimit then
          statements;
          while variable > lowerLimit do
            decr(variable);
            statements;
          end while;
        end if;
      end func;
  end func;

FOR_DECLS(integer);
FOR_DECLS(char);
FOR_DECLS(boolean);

4.5 for-step-statement

For example:

for evenNumber range 0 to 10 step 2 do
  write(evenNumber);
end for;

Semantics:
When the to symbol is used the for-statement is defined as follows:
First the lower limit and the upper limit which stand behind range and to are evaluated. Then the lower limit is assigned to the control variable which stands behind for. If the value of the control variable is less than or equal the upper limit the statements behind do are executed. After that the control variable is incremented by the value behind step. Then the control variable is compared with the upper limit again. This compare - execute - increment cycle is repeated until the control variable is greater than the upper limit.
When the downto symbol is used the for-statement is defined as follows:
First the upper limit and the lower limit which stand behind range and downto are evaluated. Then the upper limit is assigned to the control variable which stands behind for. If the value of the control variable is greater than or equal the lower limit the statements behind do are executed. After that the control variable is decremented by the value behind step. Then the control variable is compared with the lower limit again. This compare - execute - increment cycle is repeated until the control variable is less than the lower limit.
Syntax:
for_step_statement ::=
'for' identifier 'range' expression [ 'to' | 'downto' ] expression 'step' expression 'do'
  statement
'end' 'for' .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .for.().range.().to.().step.().do.().end.for is     -> 25;
$ syntax expr: .for.().range.().downto.().step.().do.().end.for is -> 25;

const proc: FOR_STEP_DECLS (in type: aType) is func
  begin
    if getobj((inout aType param) +:= (in integer param)) <> NIL then

      const proc: for (inout aType: variable) range (in aType: lowerLimit) to (in aType: upperLimit)
          step (in integer: incr_step) do
          (in proc: statements) end for is func
        begin
          variable := lowerLimit;
          while variable <= upperLimit do
            statements;
            variable +:= incr_step;
          end while;
        end func;

    end if;
    if getobj((inout aType param) -:= (in integer param)) <> NIL then

      const proc: for (inout aType: variable) range (in aType: upperLimit) downto (in aType: lowerLimit)
          step (in integer: decr_step) do
          (in proc: statements) end for is func
        begin
          variable := upperLimit;
          while variable >= lowerLimit do
            statements;
            variable -:= decr_step;
          end while;
        end func;

    end if;
  end func;

FOR_STEP_DECLS(integer);

4.6 for-each-statement

For example:

for currObject range element_list do
  result &:= " " & str(currObject);
end for;

Semantics:
First the element list which stands behind range is evaluated. If the element list is empty the for-each-statement is finished. Otherwise the first element of the element list is assigned to the control variable which stands behind for. Then the statements behind do are executed. If there is no next element in the element the for-each-statement is finished. Otherwise the next element of the element list is assigned to the control variable. This check for next element - execute cycle is repeated until there is no next element in the element list.
Syntax:
for_each_statement ::=
'for' identifier 'range' expression 'do'
  statement
'end' 'for' .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .for.().range.().do.().end.for is          -> 25;

const proc: for (inout reference: variable) range (in ref_list: aRefList) do
              (in proc: statement)
            end for is action "RFL_FOR";

const proc: for (inout baseType: variable) range (in arrayType: arr_obj) do
              (in proc: statements)
            end for is func
  local
    var integer: number is 0;
  begin
    for number range minIdx(arr_obj) to maxIdx(arr_obj) do
      variable := arr_obj[number];
      statements;
    end for;
  end func;

const proc: for (inout baseType: variable) range (in setType: a_set) do
              (in proc: statements)
            end for is func
  begin
    for variable range min(a_set) to max(a_set) do
      if variable in a_set then
        statements;
      end if;
    end for;
  end func;

4.7 if-statement

For example:

if sumValue < minimum then
  factor := sumValue;
  sumValue := minimum;
elsif sumValue > maximum then
  factor := -sumValue;
  sumValue := maximum;
else
  factor := 0;
end if;

Semantics:
The expressions before then are evaluated in row. When such an expression evaluates to TRUE the statements behind then are executed and the if-statement is finished. If all expressions before then evaluate to FALSE and an else-part is present the statements behind else are executed and the if-statement is finished. If all expressions before then evaluate to FALSE and no else-part is present the if-statement is finished.
Syntax:
if_statement ::=
'if' expression 'then'
  statement
{ 'elsif' expression 'then'
  statement }
[ 'else'
  statement ]
'end' 'if' .

The expression must be of type boolean.

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .if.().then.().end.if is           -> 25;
$ syntax expr: .if.().then.().().end.if is        -> 25;

$ syntax expr: .elsif.().then.() is               <- 60;
$ syntax expr: .elsif.().then.().() is            <- 60;
$ syntax expr: .else.() is                        <- 60;

const type: ELSIF_RESULT is newtype;
const proc: (ref ELSIF_RESULT param) ::= enumlit is  action "ENU_GENLIT";
const ELSIF_RESULT: ELSIF_EMPTY is enumlit;
const type: ELSIF_PROC is                        (func ELSIF_RESULT);
const proc: (ref ELSIF_PROC param) ::= (ref ELSIF_RESULT param) is action "ENU_CREATE";

const proc:       if (in boolean param) then
                    (in proc param)
                  end if is                        action "PRC_IF";

const proc:       if (in boolean param) then
                    (in proc param)
                  (in ELSIF_PROC param)
                  end if is                        action "PRC_IF_ELSIF";

const ELSIF_PROC: elsif (in boolean param) then
                    (in proc param) is             action "PRC_IF";

const ELSIF_PROC: elsif (in boolean param) then
                    (in proc param)
                  (in ELSIF_PROC param) is         action "PRC_IF_ELSIF";

const ELSIF_PROC: else
                    (in void param) is             ELSIF_EMPTY;


const proc: if TRUE  then (in void param) end if is                           noop;
const proc: if TRUE  then (in void param) (in ELSIF_PROC param) end if is     noop;
const proc: if FALSE then (in proc param) end if is                           noop;
const proc: if FALSE then (in proc param) (in ELSIF_RESULT param) end if is   noop;
const ELSIF_PROC: elsif TRUE  then (in void param) is                         ELSIF_EMPTY;
const ELSIF_PROC: elsif TRUE then (in void param) (in ELSIF_PROC param)   is  ELSIF_EMPTY;
const ELSIF_PROC: elsif FALSE then (in proc param) is                         ELSIF_EMPTY;
const ELSIF_PROC: elsif FALSE then (in proc param) (in ELSIF_RESULT param) is ELSIF_EMPTY;

4.8 case-statement

For example:

case currChar of
  when {'A' .. 'Z'} | {'a' .. 'z'}:
    characterClass := LETTER;
  when {'0' .. '9'}:
    characterClass := DIGIT;
  when {'!', '$', '%', '&', '*', '+', ',', '-', '.', '/',
      ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?', '@', '\', '^', '`',
      '|', '~'}:
    characterClass := SPECIAL;
  when {'(', ')', '[', ']', '{', '}'}:
    characterClass := PAREN;
  when {'"'}:  # Also possible '\"'
    characterClass := APPOSTROPHE;
  when {'''}:  # Also possible '\''
    characterClass := QUOTE;
  otherwise:
    characterClass := ILLEGAL;
end case;

Semantics:
The expression between case and of is evaluated. When the resulting value is element of a set behind a when the statements behind the corresponding colon are executed and the case-statement is finished. If the value is not element of a set behind a when and an otherwise part is present the statements behind the colon of the otherwise are executed and the case-statement is finished. If the value is not element of a set behind a when and no otherwise part is present the case-statement is finished.
Syntax:
case_statement ::=
'case' expression 'of'
  { 'when' set_expression ':'
    statement }
  [ 'otherwise' ':'
    statement ]
'end' 'case' .

set_expression ::=
expression .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .case.().of.().end.case is                      -> 25;
$ syntax expr: .case.().of.().otherwise. : .().end.case is     -> 25;
$ syntax expr: .case.().of.end.case is                         -> 25;

$ syntax expr: .when.(). : .().() is              <- 60;
$ syntax expr: .when.(). : .() is                 <- 60;

const proc: CASE_DECLS (in type: aType) is func
  local
    var type: WHEN_RESULT is void;
    var type: WHEN_PROC is void;
    var type: SELECTOR_TYPE is void;
  begin
    WHEN_RESULT := newtype;
    WHEN_PROC := (func WHEN_RESULT);
    SELECTOR_TYPE := set of aType;
    const proc: case (ref aType param) of end case                       is noop;
    const proc: case (ref aType param) of
                  (ref WHEN_PROC param)
                end case                                                 is action "PRC_CASE";
    const proc: case (ref aType param) of
                  (ref WHEN_PROC param)
                  otherwise : (ref proc param)
                end case                                                 is action "PRC_CASE_DEF";
    const proc: (ref WHEN_RESULT param) ::= enumlit                      is action "ENU_GENLIT";
    const WHEN_RESULT: WHEN_EMPTY (attr aType) is enumlit;
    const proc: (ref WHEN_PROC param) ::= (ref WHEN_RESULT param)        is action "ENU_CREATE";
    const WHEN_PROC: when (ref SELECTOR_TYPE param) : (ref proc param)   is WHEN_EMPTY(aType);
    const WHEN_PROC: when (ref SELECTOR_TYPE param) : (ref proc param)
                       (ref WHEN_PROC param)                             is WHEN_EMPTY(aType);
  end func;

CASE_DECLS(integer);
CASE_DECLS(char);

5. PREDEFINED TYPES

In the following subchapters the predefined types of the standard library are introduced. The operators have, when not stated otherwise, the type described in the subchapter as parameter type and result type. The relations have also the type described in the subchapter as parameter type and a result of type boolean. In the descriptions is used to show an equivalent expression.

5.1 boolean

The type boolean consists of the two truth values TRUE and FALSE. The boolean functions are defined in the library "boolean.s7i".

    Prefix operators:
      not       Negation
                  ( not TRUE  FALSE,
                    not FALSE  TRUE )
    Infix operators:
      and       Logical and
                  ( TRUE and TRUE  TRUE,
                    A and B  FALSE else )
      or        Inclusive logical or
                  ( FALSE or FALSE  FALSE,
                    A or B  TRUE else )
      boolean conv A   Conversion of integer to boolean
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    boolean conv 0  FALSE,
                    boolean conv 1  TRUE )
      boolean parse A   Conversion of string to boolean
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    boolean parse "FALSE"  FALSE,
                    boolean parse "TRUE"  TRUE,
                    boolean parse "TRUE "  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    boolean parse "ASDF"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
                  ( A relation B 
                    ord(A) relation ord(B) )
    Functions:
      ord(A)    Ordinal number
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    ord(FALSE)  0, ord(TRUE)  1 )
      succ(A)   Successor
                  ( succ(FALSE)  TRUE,
                    succ(TRUE)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      pred(A)   Predecessor
                  ( pred(FALSE)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
                    pred(TRUE)  FALSE )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(FALSE)  "FALSE",
                    str(TRUE)  "TRUE" )
      rand(A, B) Random value in the range [A, B]
                 The random values are uniform distributed.
                  ( rand(A, B) returns a random value such that
                    A <= rand(A, B) and rand(A, B) <= B holds.
                    rand(A, A)  A,
                    rand(TRUE, FALSE)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare(FALSE, TRUE)  -1,
                    compare(TRUE, TRUE)  0,
                    compare(TRUE, FALSE)  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      incr(A)   Increment
                  ( incr(A)  A:=succ(A) )
      decr(A)   Decrement
                  ( decr(A)  A:=pred(A) )

The logical operators and and or work strictly left to right. First they evaluate the left operand and then the right operand. When the result of the operation can be determined after evaluation of the left operand the right operand is not evaluated. This can be used to check for a boundary in a boolean expression. Naturally side effects of the right operand of the and and or operator only take place when the operand is executed.

Table for the behavior of different boolean expressions:

Expression Result when the first operand evaluates to
FALSE TRUE
not A TRUE FALSE
A and B respectively
not((not A)or(not B))
FALSE B
A or B respectively
not((not A)and(not B))
B TRUE
A > B respectively
A and(not B)
FALSE not B
A >= B respectively
A or(not B)
not B TRUE
A < B respectively
(not A)and B
B FALSE
A <= B respectively
(not A)or B
TRUE B
not (A and B) respectively
(not A)or(not B)
TRUE not B
not (A or B) respectively
(not A)and(not B)
not B FALSE

Optimizing boolean expressions:

When the result of a boolean expression can be determined at compile time, the expression can be replaced by a constant. Additionally the following equations can be used:

    (A or  B) and (A or  C)  =  A or  (B and C)
    (A and B) or  (A and C)  =  A and (B or  C)

5.2 integer

The type integer consists of signed integer numbers which are at least 32 bits wide. An integer literal is a sequence of digits which is taken to be decimal. The sequence of digits may be followed by the letter E or e an optional + sign and a decimal exponent. Based numbers can be specified when the sequence of digits is followed by the # character and a sequence of extended digits. The decimal number in front of the # character specifies the base of the number which follows the # character. As base a number between 2 and 36 is allowed. As extended digits the letters A or a can be used for 10, B or b can be used for 11 and so on to Z or z which can be used as 35. Examples of integer literals are:

    0   2147483647   1E6   2e+9   16#c0   16#FFFF   8#177777   2#1010101010

The result of an integer operation is undefined when it overflows. The integer functions are defined in the library "integer.s7i".

    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
      !         Factorial
    Infix operators:
      +         Addition
      -         Subtraction
      *         Multiplication
      div       Integer division truncated towards zero
                  ( A div B  trunc(flt(A) / flt(B)),
                    A div 0  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      rem       Reminder of integer division div
                  ( A rem B  A - (A div B) * B,
                    A rem 0  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      mdiv      Integer division truncated towards negative infinity
                  ( A mdiv B  round(floor(flt(A) / flt(B))),
                    A mdiv 0  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      mod       Reminder of integer division mdiv
                  ( A mod B  A - (A mdiv B) * B,
                    A mod 0  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      **        Power
                  ( A ** B is okay for B >= 0,
                    A ** 0  1 for every A, even for A = 0,
                    1 ** B  1 for B >= 0,
                    A ** B  -(-A) ** B for A <= 0 and B >= 0 and odd(B),
                    A ** B  (-A) ** B for A <= 0 and B >= 0 and not odd(B),
                    A ** -1  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      A << B    Shift left
                  ( A << B is okay for B >= 0 and B <= 31,
                    A << B  A * 2 ** B,
                    A << 0  A )
      A >> B    Arithmetic shift right
                  ( A >> B is okay for B >= 0 and B <= 31,
                    A >> B  A mdiv 2 ** B  for B <= 30,
                    A >> 0  A,
                    A >> B  C for A >= 0 holds: C >= 0,
                    A >> B  C for A < 0 holds: C < 0,
                    A >> B  0 for A >= 0 and B > ord(log2(A)),
                    A >> B  -1 for A < 0 and B > ord(log2(-A)),
                    0 >> B  0 )
      !         Binomial coefficient
                  ( A ! B  !A div (!B * !(A - B)) )
      A radix B  Convert the integer A to a string. The conversion
                 uses the numeral system with the base B.
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    48879 radix 16  "beef",
                    -48879 radix 16  "-beef",
                    123 radix 37  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      A RADIX B  Convert the integer A to a string. The conversion
                 uses the numeral system with the base B.
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    48879 RADIX 16  "BEEF",
                    -48879 RADIX 16  "-BEEF",
                    123 RADIX 37  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      lpad      Left padding with spaces
                  ( 123 lpad  8  "     123",
                    123 lpad  4  " 123",
                    123 lpad  3  "123",
                    123 lpad  2  "123",
                    123 lpad -8  "123" )
                    -12 lpad  4  " -12",
                    -12 lpad  3  "-12",
                    -12 lpad  2  "-12" )
      lpad0     Left padding with zeros
                  ( 123 lpad0  8  "00000123",
                    123 lpad0  4  "0123",
                    123 lpad0  3  "123",
                    123 lpad0  2  "123",
                    123 lpad0 -8  "123",
                    -12 lpad0  4  "-012",
                    -12 lpad0  3  "-12",
                    -12 lpad0  2  "-12" )
      rpad      Right padding with spaces
                  ( 123 rpad  8  "123     ",
                    123 rpad  4  "123 ",
                    123 rpad  3  "123",
                    123 rpad  2  "123",
                    123 rpad -8  "123" )
                    -12 rpad  4  "-12 ",
                    -12 rpad  3  "-12",
                    -12 rpad  2  "-12" )
      integer conv A   Identity
                  ( integer conv A  A )
      integer parse A   Conversion of string to integer
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    integer parse "123"  123,
                    integer parse "-123"  -123,
                    integer parse "+5"  5,
                    integer parse " 1"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    integer parse "10 "  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    integer parse "ASDF"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      ord(A)    Identity
      succ(A)   Successor
                  ( succ(A)  A+1 )
      pred(A)   Predecessor
                  ( pred(A)  A-1 )
      abs(A)    Absolute value
      odd(A)    Odd value
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(12345)  "12345" )
      literal(A) Conversion to a literal
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    literal(A)  str(A) )
      sqrt(A)   Integer square root
                  ( sqrt(A) is okay for A >= 0
                    sqrt(A)  trunc(sqrt(flt(A))),
                    sqrt(-1)  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      log2(A)   Truncated base 2 logarithm
                  ( log2(A) returns the position of the
                    highest bit set. It is defined for A >= 0
                    log2(2 ** A) = A for A >= 0,
                    log2(pred(2 ** A)) = pred(A) for A >= 0,
                    log2(2)  1,
                    log2(1)  0,
                    log2(0)  -1,
                    log2(-1)  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      bitLength(A) Number of bits in the minimal two's-complement
                   representation, excluding the sign bit.
                  ( bitLength(A)  succ(log2(A)) for A >= 0,
                    bitLength(A)  bitLength(pred(-A)) for A < 0,
                    bitLength(0)  0,
                    bitLength(-1)  0 )
      lowestSetBit(A) Index of the lowest-order one bit
                      For A <> 0 this is equal to the number of
                      lowest-order zero bits.
                  ( A >> B << B = A for A <> 0 and B = lowestSetBit(A),
                    lowestSetBit(0)  -1,
                    lowestSetBit(1)  0,
                    lowestSetBit(2)  1 )
      rand(A, B) Random number in the range [A, B]
                 The random values are uniform distributed.
                  ( rand(A, B) returns a random number such that
                    A <= rand(A, B) and rand(A, B) <= B holds.
                    rand(A, A)  A,
                    rand(1, 0)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      min(A, B) Minimum of two numbers.
                  ( min(1, 2)  1 )
      max(A, B) Maximum of two numbers.
                  ( max(1, 2)  2 )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( compare(1, 2)  -1,
                    compare(5, 5)  0,
                    compare(8, 7)  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A *:= B   Multiplying copy
                  ( A *:= B  A := A * B )
      A <<:= B  Shift left copy
                  ( A <<:= B  A := A << B )
      A >>:= B  Shift right copy
                  ( A >>:= B  A := A >> B )
      incr(A)   Increment with 1
                  ( incr(A)  A +:= 1 )
      decr(A)   Decrement with 1
                  ( decr(A)  A -:= 1 )

For the operations div and rem holds for all A:

    (A div B) * B + A rem B = A           when B <> 0
    -A div B = -(A div B)                 when B <> 0
    -A rem B = -(A rem B)                 when B <> 0
    A rem B >= 0 and A rem B < abs(B)     when B <> 0 and A >= 0
    A rem B <= 0 and A rem B > -abs(B)    when B <> 0 and A <= 0

For the operations mdiv and mod holds for all A:

    (A mdiv B) * B + A mod B = A          when B <> 0
    -A mdiv B = A mdiv -B                 when B <> 0
    -A mod -B = -(A mod B)                when B <> 0
    A mod B >= 0 and A mod B < B          when B > 0
    A mod B <= 0 and A mod B > B          when B < 0

For the operation mdiv holds:

    A mdiv B = A div B - 1            when A and B have different
                                      signs and A rem B <> 0 holds.
    A mdiv B = A div B                when A and B have the same
                                      sign or A rem B = 0 holds.
    A mdiv B = (A - 1) div B - 1      when A > 0 and B < 0 holds.
    A mdiv B = (A + 1) div B - 1      when A < 0 and B > 0 holds.
    A mdiv 2 ** B = A >> B            when B >= 0 holds

For the operation mod holds:

    A mod B = A rem B + B      when A and B have different
                               signs and A rem B <> 0 holds.
    A mod B = A rem B          when A and B have the same
                               sign or A rem B = 0 holds.

Tables for the behavior of div, rem, mdiv and mod:

A B A div B A rem B A mdiv B A mod B
5 3 1 2 1 2
4 3 1 1 1 1
3 3 1 0 1 0
2 3 0 2 0 2
1 3 0 1 0 1
0 3 0 0 0 0
-1 3 0 -1 -1 2
-2 3 0 -2 -1 1
-3 3 -1 0 -1 0
-4 3 -1 -1 -2 2
-5 3 -1 -2 -2 1
A B A div B A rem B A mdiv B A mod B
5 -3 -1 2 -2 -1
4 -3 -1 1 -2 -2
3 -3 -1 0 -1 0
2 -3 0 2 -1 -1
1 -3 0 1 -1 -2
0 -3 0 0 0 0
-1 -3 0 -1 0 -1
-2 -3 0 -2 0 -2
-3 -3 1 0 1 0
-4 -3 1 -1 1 -1
-5 -3 1 -2 1 -2

For the sqrt function holds (when A >= 0):

    sqrt(A) * sqrt(A) <= A and
    (sqrt(A) + 1) * (sqrt(A) + 1) > A

5.3 bigInteger

The type bigInteger describes signed integer numbers of unlimited size. A bigInteger literal is a sequence of digits followed by an underscore character (for example 1_ ). Based numbers can be specified when the sequence of digits is followed by the # character and a sequence of extended digits. The decimal number in front of the # character specifies the base of the number which follows the # character. As base a number between 2 and 36 is allowed. As extended digits the letters A or a can be used for 10, B or b can be used for 11 and so on to Z or z which can be used as 35. Like decimal bigInteger literals the extended digits must be followed by an underscore character. Examples of bigInteger literals are:

    0_   18446744073709551616_ 16#deadbeefcafe_

Although bigInteger operations cannot overflow, it can happen that there is not enough memory to represent a bigInteger value. In this case the exception MEMORY_ERROR is raised. The bigInteger functions are defined in the library "bigint.s7i".

    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
      !         Factorial
    Infix operators:
      +         Addition
      -         Subtraction
      *         Multiplication
      div       Integer division truncated towards zero
                  ( A div B  trunc(A / B),
                    A div 0_  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      rem       Reminder of integer division div
                  ( A rem B  A - (A div B) * B,
                    A rem 0_  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      mdiv      Integer division truncated towards negative infinity
                  ( A mdiv B  floor(A / B),
                    A mdiv 0_  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      mod       Reminder of integer division mdiv
                  ( A mod B  A - (A mdiv B) * B,
                    A mod 0_  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      A ** B    Power
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    A ** B is okay for B >= 0,
                    A ** 0  1_ for every A, even for A = 0_,
                    1_ ** B  1_ for B >= 0,
                    A ** B  -(-A) ** B for A <= 0 and B >= 0 and odd(B),
                    A ** B  (-A) ** B for A <= 0 and B >= 0 and not odd(B),
                    A ** -1  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      A << B    Shift left
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    A << B  A * 2_ ** B  for B >= 0,
                    A << B  A >> -B for B < 0,
                    A << 0  A,
                    0_ << B  0_ for every B )
      A >> B    Arithmetic shift right
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    A >> B  A mdiv 2_ ** B for B >= 0,
                    A >> B  A << -B for B < 0,
                    A >> 0  A,
                    A >> B  C for A >= 0_ holds: C >= 0_,
                    A >> B  C for A < 0_ holds: C < 0_,
                    A >> B  0_ for A >= 0_ and B > ord(log2(A)),
                    A >> B  -1_ for A < 0_ and B > ord(log2(-A)),
                    0_ >> B  0_ for every B )
      A radix B  Convert the bigInteger A to a string. The conversion
                 uses the numeral system with the base B.
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    3735928559_ radix 16  "deadbeef",
                    -3735928559_ radix 16 )  "-deadbeef",
                    123_ radix 37  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      A RADIX B  Convert the integer A to a string. The conversion
                 uses the numeral system with the base B.
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    3735928559_ RADIX 16  "DEADBEEF",
                    -3735928559_ RADIX 16 )  "-DEADBEEF",
                    123_ RADIX 37  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      bigInteger conv A   Conversion of integer to bigInteger
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    bigInteger conv 1  1_ )
      bigInteger parse A   Conversion of string to integer
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    bigInteger parse "123"  123_,
                    bigInteger parse "-123"  -123_,
                    bigInteger parse "+5"  5_,
                    bigInteger parse " 1"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    bigInteger parse "10 "  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    bigInteger parse "ASDF"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      ord(A)    Ordinal number
                  ( Type of result: integer )
                    ord(99999999999999999999_)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      succ(A)   Successor
                  ( succ(A)  A+1_ )
      pred(A)   Predecessor
                  ( pred(A)  A-1_ )
      abs(A)    Absolute value
      odd(A)    Odd value
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(9876543210_)  "9876543210" )
      sqrt(A)   Integer square root
                  ( sqrt(A) is okay for A >= 0_
                    sqrt(A)  trunc(sqrt(flt(A))),
                    sqrt(-1_)  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      modInverse(A, B) Compute the modular multiplicative inverse of A modulo B
      log2(A)   Truncated base 2 logarithm
                  ( log2(A) returns the position of the
                    highest bit set. It is defined for A >= 0
                    log2(2_ ** A) = A for A >= 0,
                    log2(pred(2_ ** A)) = pred(A) for A >= 0,
                    log2(2_)  1_,
                    log2(1_)  0_,
                    log2(0_)  -1_,
                    log2(-1_)  EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR )
      gcd(A, B) Greatest common divisor of A and B.
                  ( gcd(A, B) = gcd(B, A),
                    gcd(A, B) = gcd(-A, B),
                    gcd(A, 0) = abs(A) )
      bitLength(A) Number of bits in the minimal two's-complement
                   representation, excluding the sign bit.
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    bitLength(A)  ord(succ(log2(A))) for A >= 0_,
                    bitLength(A)  bitLength(pred(-A)) for A < 0_,
                    bitLength(0_)  0,
                    bitLength(-1_)  0 )
      lowestSetBit(A) Index of the lowest-order one bit
                      For A <> 0_ this is equal to the number of
                      lowest-order zero bits.
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    A >> B << B = A for A <> 0_ and B = lowestSetBit(A),
                    lowestSetBit(0_)  -1,
                    lowestSetBit(1_)  0,
                    lowestSetBit(2_)  1 )
      rand(A, B) Random number in the range [A, B]
                 The random values are uniform distributed.
                  ( rand(A, B) returns a random number such that
                    A <= rand(A, B) and rand(A, B) <= B holds.
                    rand(A, A)  A,
                    rand(1_, 0_)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      min(A, B) Minimum of two numbers.
                  ( min(1_, 2_)  1_ )
      max(A, B) Maximum of two numbers.
                  ( max(1_, 2_)  2_ )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare(1_, 2_)  -1,
                    compare(5_, 5_)  0,
                    compare(8_, 7_)  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A *:= B   Multiplying copy
                  ( A *:= B  A := A * B )
      A <<:= B  Shift left copy
                  ( A <<:= B  A := A << B )
      A >>:= B  Shift right copy
                  ( A >>:= B  A := A >> B )
      incr(A)   Increment with 1
                  ( incr(A)  A +:= 1_ )
      decr(A)   Decrement with 1
                  ( decr(A)  A -:= 1_ )

For the operations div and rem holds for all A:

    (A div B) * B + A rem B = A           when B <> 0_
    -A div B = -(A div B)                 when B <> 0_
    -A rem B = -(A rem B)                 when B <> 0_
    A rem B >= 0_ and A rem B < abs(B)    when B <> 0_ and A >= 0_
    A rem B <= 0_ and A rem B > -abs(B)   when B <> 0_ and A <= 0_

For the operations mdiv and mod holds for all A:

    (A mdiv B) * B + A mod B = A          when B <> 0_
    -A mdiv B = A mdiv -B                 when B <> 0_
    -A mod -B = -(A mod B)                when B <> 0_
    A mod B >= 0_ and A mod B < B         when B > 0_
    A mod B <= 0_ and A mod B > B         when B < 0_

For the operation mdiv holds:

    A mdiv B = A div B - 1_           when A and B have different
                                      signs and A rem B <> 0_ holds.
    A mdiv B = A div B                when A and B have the same
                                      sign or A rem B = 0_ holds.
    A mdiv B = (A - 1_) div B - 1_    when A > 0_ and B < 0_ holds.
    A mdiv B = (A + 1_) div B - 1_    when A < 0_ and B > 0_ holds.
    A mdiv 2_ ** B = A >> B           when B >= 0 holds

For the operation mod holds:

    A mod B = A rem B + B      when A and B have different
                               signs and A rem B <> 0_ holds.
    A mod B = A rem B          when A and B have the same
                               sign or A rem B = 0_ holds.

Tables for the behavior of div, rem, mdiv and mod:

A B A div B A rem B A mdiv B A mod B
5_ 3_ 1_ 2_ 1_ 2_
4_ 3_ 1_ 1_ 1_ 1_
3_ 3_ 1_ 0_ 1_ 0_
2_ 3_ 0_ 2_ 0_ 2_
1_ 3_ 0_ 1_ 0_ 1_
0_ 3_ 0_ 0_ 0_ 0_
-1_ 3_ 0_ -1_ -1_ 2_
-2_ 3_ 0_ -2_ -1_ 1_
-3_ 3_ -1_ 0_ -1_ 0_
-4_ 3_ -1_ -1_ -2_ 2_
-5_ 3_ -1_ -2_ -2_ 1_
A B A div B A rem B A mdiv B A mod B
5_ -3_ -1_ 2_ -2_ -1_
4_ -3_ -1_ 1_ -2_ -2_
3_ -3_ -1_ 0_ -1_ 0_
2_ -3_ 0_ 2_ -1_ -1_
1_ -3_ 0_ 1_ -1_ -2_
0_ -3_ 0_ 0_ 0_ 0_
-1_ -3_ 0_ -1_ 0_ -1_
-2_ -3_ 0_ -2_ 0_ -2_
-3_ -3_ 1_ 0_ 1_ 0_
-4_ -3_ 1_ -1_ 1_ -1_
-5_ -3_ 1_ -2_ 1_ -2_

For the sqrt function holds (when A >= 0_):

    sqrt(A) * sqrt(A) <= A and
    (sqrt(A) + 1_) * (sqrt(A) + 1_) > A

5.4 rational

The type rational consists of rational numbers represented with an integer numerator and an integer denominator. The values of the type rational are finite and periodical decimal numbers. Rational literals do not exist. The result of a rational operation is undefined when it overflows. In integer computations an overflow can only happen with very huge positive or negative numbers. In rational computations an overflow can happen with small numbers. Because of widening big denominators can be produced easily. E.g.: 1/1777 + 1/1999 = 3776/3552223 . The rational functions are defined in the library "rational.s7i".

    Elements:
      var integer: numerator is 0;
      var integer: denominator is 1;
    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
    Infix operators:
      +         Addition
      -         Subtraction
      *         Multiplication
      /         Division
      /         Create rational from numerator and denominator
                  ( Type of left operand: integer,
                    Type of right operand: integer )
      **        Power
                  ( rational ** integer )
      rational conv A   Conversion of integer to rational
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    rational conv 1  1 / 1 )
      digits    Conversion to string with specified precision
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    Type of result: string )
      rational parse A   Conversion of string to rational
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      abs(A)    Absolute value
      rat(A)    Conversion of integer to rational
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    rat(1)  1 / 1 )
      floor(A)  Truncation towards negative infinity
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    floor(9/5)   1, floor(1/1)   1,
                    floor(-1/1)  -1, floor(-9/5)  -2 )
      ceil(A)   Rounding up towards positive infinity
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    ceil(6/5)   2, ceil(1/1)   1,
                    ceil(-1/1)  -1, ceil(-6/5)  -1 )
      trunc(A)  Truncation towards zero
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    trunc(9/5)   1, trunc(1/1)   1,
                    trunc(-1/1)  -1, trunc(-9/5)  -1 )
      round(A)  Round towards zero
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    round(1/2)  1, round(-1/2)  -1,
                    round(2/5)  0, round(-2/5)  0 )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      min(A, B) Minimum of two numbers.
                  ( min(2/5, 1/2)  2/5 )
      max(A, B) Maximum of two numbers.
                  ( max(2/5, 1/2)  1/2 )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare(19/10, 2/1)  -1,
                    compare(26/5, 26/5)  0,
                    compare(8/1, 79/10)  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A *:= B   Multiplying copy
                  ( A *:= B  A := A * B )
      A /:= B   Dividing copy
                  ( A /:= B  A := A / B )

All calculations with rational numbers are done exact. (Without any rounding)

5.5 bigRational

The type bigRational consists of rational numbers represented with an bigInteger numerator and an bigInteger denominator. The values of the type bigRational are finite and periodical decimal numbers. BigRational literals do not exist. Although bigRational operations cannot overflow, it can happen that there is not enough memory to represent a bigRational value. In this case the exception MEMORY_ERROR is raised. The bigRational functions are defined in the library "bigrat.s7i".

    Elements:
      var bigInteger: numerator is 0_;
      var bigInteger: denominator is 1_;
    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
    Infix operators:
      +         Addition
      -         Subtraction
      *         Multiplication
      /         Division
      /         Create bigRational from numerator and denominator
                  ( Type of left argument: bigInteger,
                    Type of right argument: bigInteger )
      **        Power
                  ( bigRational ** integer )
      bigRational conv A   Conversion of integer to bigRational
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    bigRational conv 1  1_ / 1_ )
      bigRational conv A   Conversion of bigInteger to bigRational
                  ( Type of argument A: bigInteger,
                    bigRational conv 1_  1_ / 1_ )
      digits    Conversion to string with specified precision
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    Type of result: string )
      bigRational parse A   Conversion of string to bigRational
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      abs(A)    Absolute value
      rat(A)    Conversion of bigInteger to bigRational
                  ( Type of argument A: bigInteger,
                    rat(1_)  1_ / 1_ )
      floor(A)  Truncation towards negative infinity
                  ( Type of result: bigInteger,
                    floor(9_/5_)   1_, floor(1_/1_)   1_,
                    floor(-1_/1_)  -1_, floor(-9_/5_)  -2_ )
      ceil(A)   Rounding up towards positive infinity
                  ( Type of result: bigInteger,
                    ceil(6_/5_)   2_, ceil(1_/1_)   1_,
                    ceil(-1_/1_)  -1_, ceil(-6_/5_)  -1_ )
      trunc(A)  Truncation towards zero
                  ( Type of result: bigInteger,
                    trunc(9_/5_)   1_, trunc(1_/1_)   1_,
                    trunc(-1_/1_)  -1_, trunc(-9_/5_)  -1_ )
      round(A)  Round towards zero
                  ( Type of result: bigInteger,
                    round(1_/2_)  1_, round(-1_/2_)  -1_,
                    round(2_/5_)  0_, round(-2_/5_)  0_ )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      min(A, B) Minimum of two numbers.
                  ( min(2_/5_, 1_/2_)  2_/5_ )
      max(A, B) Maximum of two numbers.
                  ( max(2_/5_, 1_/2_)  1_/2_ )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare(19_/10_, 2_/1_)  -1,
                    compare(26_/5_, 26_/5_)  0,
                    compare(8_/1_, 79_/10_)  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A *:= B   Multiplying copy
                  ( A *:= B  A := A * B )
      A /:= B   Dividing copy
                  ( A /:= B  A := A / B )

All calculations with bigRational numbers are done exact. (Without any rounding)

5.6 float

The type float consists of single precision floating point numbers. Float literals use base 10 and contain a decimal point. There must be at least one digit before and after the decimal point. An exponent part, which is introduced with E or e, is optional. The exponent can be signed, but the mantissa is not. A literal does not have a sign, + or - are unary operations. Examples of float literals are:

  3.14159265358979
  1.0E-12
  0.1234

The function str and the operators digits and parse create and accept float literals with sign. Basic float functions are defined in the library "float.s7i". Trigonometric- and other mathematical functions are defined in the library "math.s7i".

    Constants:
      Infinity  Positive infinity
      NaN       Not-a-Number
    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
    Infix operators:
      +         Addition
      -         Subtraction
      *         Multiplication
      /         Division
                  ( A / 0.0   Infinity for A > 0.0,
                    A / 0.0  -Infinity for A < 0.0,
                    0.0 / 0.0  NaN )
      **        Power
                  ( A ** B is okay for A > 0.0,
                    A ** B is okay for A < 0.0 and B is integer,
                    A ** B  NaN for A < 0.0 and B is not integer,
                    A ** 0.0  1.0,
                    0.0 ** B  0.0 for B > 0.0,
                    0.0 ** 0.0  1.0,
                    0.0 ** B  Infinity for B < 0.0 )
      **        Power
                  ( Type of right operand: integer
                    A ** B is okay for A > 0.0,
                    A ** B is okay for A < 0.0,
                    A ** 0  1.0,
                    0.0 ** B  0.0 for B > 0,
                    0.0 ** 0  1.0,
                    0.0 ** B  Infinity for B < 0 )
      float conv A   Conversion of integer to float
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    float conv 1  1.0 )
      digits    Conversion to string with specified precision
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    Type of result: string,
                    0.012345 digits 4  "0.0123",
                    1.2468 digits 2  "1.25",
                    0.125 digits 2  "0.12",
                    0.375 digits 2  "0.38",
                    Infinity digits A  "Infinity",
                    -Infinity digits A  "-Infinity",
                    NaN digits A  "NaN" )
      sci       Conversion to a string in scientific notation
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    Type of result: string,
                    0.012345 sci 4  "1.2345e-2",
                    1.2468 sci 2  "1.25e+0",
                    3.1415 sci 0  "3e+0",
                    0.125 sci 1  "1.2e-1",
                    0.375 sci 1  "3.8e-1",
                    Infinity sci 5  "Infinity",
                    -Infinity sci 6  "-Infinity",
                    NaN sci 7  "NaN",
                    -0.004 sci 2  "-4.00e-3" )
      exp       Set the number of exponent digits in a scientific float notation.
                  ( Type of left operand: string,
                    Type of right operand: integer,
                    Type of result: string,
                    0.012345 sci 4 exp 2  "1.2345e-02",
                    1.2468e15 sci 2 exp 1  "1.25e+15",
                    3.1415 sci 0 exp 3  "3e+000",
                    0.125 sci 1 exp 2  "1.2e-01",
                    0.375 sci 1 exp 2  "3.8e-01",
                    Infinity sci 5 exp 2  "Infinity",
                    -Infinity sci 6 exp 2  "-Infinity",
                    NaN sci 7 exp 2  "NaN",
                    -0.004 sci 2 exp 2  "-4.00e-03" )
      float parse A   Conversion of string to float
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      abs(A)    Absolute value
      flt(A)    Conversion of integer to float
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    flt(1)  1.0 )
      floor(A)  Truncation towards negative infinity
                  ( floor( 1.8)   1.0, floor( 1.0)   1.0,
                    floor(-1.0)  -1.0, floor(-1.2)  -2.0,
                    floor( 0.9)   0.0, floor(-0.1)  -1.0 )
      ceil(A)   Rounding up towards positive infinity
                  ( ceil( 1.2)   2.0, ceil( 1.0)   1.0,
                    ceil(-1.8)  -1.0, ceil(-1.0)  -1.0,
                    ceil( 0.1)   1.0, ceil(-0.9)   0.0 )
      trunc(A)  Truncation towards zero
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    trunc( 1.8)   1, trunc( 1.0)   1,
                    trunc(-1.8)  -1, trunc(-1.0)  -1,
                    trunc( 0.9)   0, trunc(-0.9)   0 )
      round(A)  Round towards zero
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    round(1.5)  2, round(-1.5)  -2,
                    round(0.5)  1, round(-0.5)  -1,
                    round(0.4)  0, round(-0.4)  0 )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(Infinity)  "Infinity",
                    str(-Infinity)  "-Infinity",
                    str(NaN)  "NaN" )
      isNaN(A)  Check if A is Not-a-Number
      sin(A)    Sine
      cos(A)    Cosine
      tan(A)    Tangent
      exp(A)    Exponential function
      log(A)    Natural logarithm
                  ( log(A) is okay for A > 0.0,
                    log(0.0)   -Infinity,
                    log(-1.0)   NaN )
      log10(A)  Base 10 logarithm
                  ( log10(A) is okay for A > 0.0,
                    log10(0.0)   -Infinity,
                    log10(-1.0)   NaN )
      sqrt(A)   Square root
                  ( sqrt(A) is okay for A >= 0.0,
                    sqrt(-1.0)  NaN )
      asin(A)   Inverse sine
                  ( asin(A) is okay for A >= -1.0 and A <= 1.0,
                    asin(2.0)  NaN )
      acos(A)   Inverse cosine
                  ( acos(A) is okay for A >= -1.0 and A <= 1.0,
                    acos(2.0)  NaN )
      atan(A)   Inverse tangent
      atan2(A, B) Inverse tangent of A / B
      sinh(A)   Hyperbolic sine
      cosh(A)   Hyperbolic cosine
      tanh(A)   Hyperbolic tangent
      rand(A, B) Random number in the range [A, B]
                 The random values are uniform distributed.
                  ( rand(A, B) returns a random number such that
                    A <= rand(A, B) and rand(A, B) <= B holds.
                    rand(A, A)  A,
                    rand(1.0, 0.0)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      min(A, B) Minimum of two numbers.
                  ( min(2.5, 4.5)  2.5 )
      max(A, B) Maximum of two numbers.
                  ( max(2.5, 4.5)  4.5 )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare(1.9, 2.1)  -1,
                    compare(5.3, 5.3)  0,
                    compare(7.8, 7.7)  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A *:= B   Multiplying copy
                  ( A *:= B  A := A * B )
      A /:= B   Dividing copy
                  ( A /:= B  A := A / B )

5.7 complex

The type complex consists of complex numbers represented with an float real part and an float imaginary part. Complex literals do not exist. The complex functions are defined in the library "complex.s7i".

    Elements:
      var float: re is 0.0;
      var float: im is 0.0;
    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
      conj      Complex conjugate
    Infix operators:
      +         Addition
      -         Subtraction
      *         Multiplication
      /         Division
                  ( A / complex(0.0)  complex(NaN, NaN) )
      **        Power
                  ( Type of right operand: integer
                    A ** B is okay for A > complex(0.0),
                    A ** B is okay for A < complex(0.0),
                    A ** 0  complex(1.0),
                    complex(0.0) ** B  complex(0.0) for B > 0,
                    complex(0.0) ** 0  complex(1.0),
                    complex(0.0) ** B  complex(Infinity, NaN) for B < 0 )
      complex conv A   Conversion of integer to complex
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    complex conv A  complex(flt(A)) )
      complex conv A   Conversion of float to complex
                  ( Type of argument A: float,
                    complex conv A  complex(A) )
      digits    Conversion to string with specified precision
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    Type of result: string,
                    complex(3.1415) digits 2  "3.14+0.00i" )
      complex parse A   Conversion of string to complex
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      abs(A)    Absolute value
                  ( Type of result: float )
      sqrAbs(A) Square of absolute value
                  ( Type of result: float )
      arg(A)    Argument (=angle of the polar form of A)
                  ( Type of result: float )
      complex(A, B)  Return a complex number from its real and imaginary part
                  ( Type of argument A: float,
                    Type of argument B: float )
      complex(A)  Return a complex number from its real part
                  ( Type of argument A: float )
      polar(A, B)  Return a complex number from polar coordinates
                  ( Type of argument A: float,
                    Type of argument B: float )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(complex(1.125))  "1.125+0.0i" )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A *:= B   Multiplying copy
                  ( A *:= B  A := A * B )
      A /:= B   Dividing copy
                  ( A /:= B  A := A / B )

5.8 char

The type char describes Unicode characters encoded with UTF-32. In the source file a character literal is written as UTF-8 encoded Unicode character enclosed in single quotes. In order to represent non-printable characters and certain printable characters the following escape sequences may be used.

audible alert BEL \a
backspace BS \b
escape ESC \e
formfeed FF \f
newline NL (LF) \n
carriage return CR \r
horizontal tab HT \t
vertical tab VT \v
backslash (\) \\
apostrophe (') \'
double quote (") \"
control-A \A
...
control-Z \Z

Additionally the following escape sequence can be used:

Examples of character literals are:

    'a'   ' '   '\n'   '!'   '\\'   '2'   '"'   '\"'   '\''   '\8\'

To use characters beyond ASCII (which is a subset of Unicode) in the source file make sure that the editor uses UTF-8 encoded characters. The char functions are defined in the library "char.s7i".

    Infix operators:
      char conv A   Conversion of integer to char
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    char conv 65  'A' )
      char parse A   Conversion of string to char
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      ord(A)    Ordinal number
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      chr(A)    Conversion of integer to char
                  ( Type of argument: integer )
      succ(A)   Successor
                  ( succ(A)  chr(succ(ord(A))) )
      pred(A)   Predecessor
                  ( pred(A)  chr(pred(ord(A))) )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str('A')  "A" )
      literal(A) Conversion to a literal
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    literal('A')  "'A'" )
      upper(A)  Conversion to upper case character
                  ( upper('A')  'A' )
                  ( upper('z')  'Z' )
      lower(A)  Conversion to lower case character
                  ( lower('A')  'a' )
                  ( lower('z')  'z' )
      rand(A, B) Random character in the range [A, B]
                 The random values are uniform distributed.
                  ( rand(A, B) returns a random character such that
                    A <= rand(A, B) and rand(A, B) <= B holds.
                    rand(A, A)  A,
                    rand('B', 'A')  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare('A', 'B')  -1,
                    compare('A', 'A')  0,
                    compare('B', 'A')  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      incr(A)   Increment
                  ( incr(A)  A := succ(A) )
      decr(A)   Decrement
                  ( decr(A)  A := pred(A) )

5.9 string

The type string describes sequences of Unicode characters (including the empty string). The characters in the string use the UTF-32 encoding. Strings are not '\0\' terminated. Therefore they can also contain binary data. Although strings are allowed to grow very big, it can happen that there is not enough memory to represent a string value. In this case the exception MEMORY_ERROR is raised. In the source file a string literal is a sequence of UTF-8 encoded Unicode characters surrounded by double quotes.

To represent control characters and certain other characters in strings the same escape sequences as for character literals may be used. E.g.: Quotation characters (") inside strings can be represented by preceding them with a backslash ( \" ). Additionally there is the following possibility:

Examples of string literals are:

    ""   " "   "\""   "'"   "String"   "CAN\"T !"

To use characters beyond ASCII (which is a subset of Unicode) in the source file make sure that the editor uses UTF-8 encoded characters. The string functions are defined in the library "string.s7i".

    Infix operators:
      &         String concatenation
                  ( "All " & "OK"  "All OK" )
      <&        String concatenation with weak priority
                Overloaded for various types with enable_output or enable_io
                  ( write("i=" <& i digits 2 lpad 6 <& " $"); )
      mult      String multiplication
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    "LA" mult 3  "LALALA",
                    "WORD" mult 0  "",
                    "ANY" mult -1  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      lpad      Left padding with spaces
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    "HELLO" lpad  8  "   HELLO",
                    "HELLO" lpad  6  " HELLO",
                    "HELLO" lpad  5  "HELLO",
                    "HELLO" lpad  4  "HELLO",
                    "HELLO" lpad  0  "HELLO",
                    "HELLO" lpad -8  "HELLO" )
      lpad0      Left padding with zeroes
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    "12" lpad0  5  "00012",
                    "12" lpad0  3  "012",
                    "12" lpad0  2  "12",
                    "12" lpad0  1  "12",
                    "12" lpad0  0  "12",
                    "12" lpad0 -5  "12" )
      rpad      Right padding with spaces
                  ( Type of right operand: integer,
                    "HELLO" rpad  8  "HELLO   ",
                    "HELLO" rpad  6  "HELLO ",
                    "HELLO" rpad  5  "HELLO",
                    "HELLO" rpad  4  "HELLO",
                    "HELLO" rpad  0  "HELLO",
                    "HELLO" rpad -8  "HELLO" )
      string parse A   Identity
    Indices:
      [ A ]     Access one character
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    Type of result: char,
                    "abcde"[1]  'a',
                    "abcde"[5]  'e',
                    "abcde"[0]  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    "abcde"[6]  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      [ A .. B ] Access a substring from position A to B
                  ( Type of arguments A and B: integer,
                    "abcde"[2 .. 4]  "bcd",
                    "abcde"[2 .. 7]  "bcde",
                    "abcde"[4 .. 2]  "",
                    "abcde"[6 .. 8]  "",
                    "abcde"[-3 .. 4]  "abcd",
                    "abcde"[-3 .. 7]  "abcde",
                    "abcde"[-3 .. 0]  "" )
      [ A len B ] Access a substring from position A with length B
                  ( Type of arguments A and B: integer,
                    "abcde"[2 len 3]  "bcd",
                    "abcde"[2 len 5]  "bcde",
                    "abcde"[-3 len 8]  "abcd",
                    "abcde"[-1 len 9]  "abcde" )
      [ A .. ]  Access a substring beginning at position A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    "abcde"[3 ..]  "cde",
                    "abcde"[6 ..]  "",
                    "abcde"[-3 ..]  "abcde",
                    ""[1 ..]  "" )
      [ .. A ]  Access a substring ending at position A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    "abcde"[.. 4]  "abcd",
                    "abcde"[.. 6]  "abcde",
                    "abcde"[.. -3]  "",
                    ""[.. 5]  "" )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      length(A) Length of string
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    length("")  0 )
      pos(A,B)  First position of char B in string A
                  ( Type of argument B: char,
                    Type of result: integer,
                    pos("ABCABC",'B')  2,
                    pos("XYZ",'A')  0 )
      pos(A,B)  First position of string B in string A
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    pos("ABCDE ABCDE","BC")  2,
                    pos("XYZXYZ","ZYX")  0,
                    pos("123456789","")  0 )
      pos(A,B,C) First position of char B in string A
                 The search starts at position C of string A
                  ( Type of argument B: char,
                    Type of argument C: integer,
                    Type of result: integer,
                    pos("ABCABC",'B', 3)  5,
                    pos("XYZYX",'Z', 4)  0,
                    pos("12345",'3', 7)  0 )
      pos(A,B,C) First position of string B in string A
                 The search starts at position C of string A
                  ( Type of argument C: integer,
                    Type of result: integer,
                    pos("ABCDE ABCDE","BC", 3)  8,
                    pos("XYZXYZ","ZXY", 4)  0,
                    pos("12345","34", 7)  0 )
                    pos("123456789","", 2)  0 )
      rpos(A,B) Last position of char B in string A
                  ( Type of argument B: char,
                    Type of result: integer,
                    rpos("ABCABC",'B')  5,
                    rpos("XYZ",'A')  0 )
      rpos(A,B) Last position of string B in string A
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    rpos("ABCDE ABCDE","BC")  8,
                    rpos("XYZXYZ","ZYX")  0,
                    rpos("123456789","")  0 )
      rpos(A,B,C) Last position of char B in string A
                 The search starts at position C of string A
                  ( Type of argument B: char,
                    Type of argument C: integer,
                    Type of result: integer,
                    rpos("ABCABC",'B', 4)  2,
                    rpos("XYZYX",'Z', 2)  0,
                    rpos("12345",'3', 5)  3 )
      rpos(A,B,C) Last position of char B in string A
                 The search starts at position C of string A
                  ( Type of argument C: integer,
                    Type of result: integer,
                    rpos("ABCABC","BC", 4)  2,
                    rpos("XYZYX","ZY", 2)  0,
                    rpos("12345","34", 5)  3 )
      startsWith(A,B) Determine if a string starts with a prefix.
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    startsWith("tmp_s7c.c", "tmp_")  TRUE,
                    startsWith("example", "E")  FALSE )
      endsWith(A,B) Determine if a string ends with a suffix.
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    endsWith("hello.sd7", ".sd7")  TRUE,
                    endsWith("A string", "\0\")  FALSE )
      equalAtIndex(A,B,C) Check if A has the searched characters B starting from C.
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    equalAtIndex("The quick brown fox", "quick", 5)  TRUE,
                    equalAtIndex("axis", "xi", 3)  FALSE )
      replace(A,B,C) Search A for occurrences of B and replace them with C
                  ( replace("old gold", "old", "one")  "one gone" )
      replace2(A,B,C,D) Search A for occurrences of B followed by C and
                replace them with D.
                  ( replace2("x := (*ord*) y;", "(*", "*)", "")  "x :=  y;" )
      split(A,B) Split A into strings delimited by B
                  ( Type of argument B: char,
                    Type of result: array string,
                    split("", ':')  [](""),
                    split(":", ':')  []("", ""),
                    split("15:30", ':')  []("15", "30") )
      split(A,B) Split A into strings delimited by B
                  ( Type of result: array string,
                    split("", "")  [](""),
                    split("ABC", "")  []("ABC"),
                    split("", "; ")  [](""),
                    split("writeln; readln;", "; ")  []("writeln", "readln;") )
      join(A,B) Join the elements of A together with B's between them
                  ( Type of argument A: array string,
                    Type of argument B: char,
                    join([]("This", "is", "a", "test"), ' ')  "This is a test" )
      join(A,B) Join the elements of A together with B's between them
                  ( Type of argument A: array string,
                    Type of argument B: string,
                    join([]("pro", "gram"), "")  "program" )
      trim(A)   Removes leading and trailing spaces and control chars
                  ( trim(" /n xyz /r")  "xyz" )
      ltrim(A)   Removes leading spaces and control chars
                  ( ltrim(" /n xyz /r")  "xyz /r" )
      rtrim(A)   Removes trailing spaces and control chars
                  ( rtrim(" /n xyz /r")  " /n xyz" )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(A)  A )
      literal(A) Conversion to a literal
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    literal("ABC")  "\"ABC\"",
                    literal("O' \"X\"")  "\"O\' \\\"X\\\"\"" )
      upper(A)  Conversion to upper case characters
                  ( upper("Upper")  "UPPER" )
      lower(A)  Conversion to lower case characters
                  ( lower("Lower")  "lower" )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    compare("ABC", "ABCD")  -1,
                    compare("ABC", "ABC")  0,
                    compare("ABCD", "ABCC")  1 )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A &:= B   Append B to A
                  ( A &:= B  A := A & B )
      A &:= B   Append B to A
                  ( Type of argument B: char,
                    A &:= B  A := A & str(B) )
      A @:= [B] C  Assign C to element B of string A
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    Type of argument C: char,
                    A @:= [B] C 
                        A := A[..pred(B)] & str(C) & A[succ(B)..],
                    A @:= [0] 'x'  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    A @:= [succ(length(A))] 'x'  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )

5.10 array

The type array baseType describes sequences of baseType elements (including the empty sequence).

For example: array integer describes arrays of integer elements.

An element of an array can be accessed with an integer index. The minimal and maximal indices of an array are part of the value and can be obtained with the functions minIdx and maxIdx. There are functions which generate arrays with the default minimal index of 1 and other functions which generate arrays with the minimal index taken from a parameter. The array functions are defined in the library "array.s7i". Arrays with non-integer index are defined in the library "idxarray.s7i".

    Literal:
      [] (elem1, elem2)  Create an array with the given elements
                    The starting index of the array is 1.
      [0] (elem1, elem2)  Create an array with the given elements
                    The starting index of the array is 0.
    Infix operators:
      &         Array concatenation
      times     Array generation
                  ( Left operand: integer,
                    Right operand: baseType,
                    A times B Generates an array baseType
                    with A elements of B,
                    (1 times B)[1]  B
                    -1 times B  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      [ A .. B ] times C    Array generation
                  ( Type of arguments A and B: integer )
                    Type of argument C: baseType,
                    [ A .. B ] times C Generates an array baseType
                    with pred(B - A) elements of C,
                    [ -1 .. -2 ] times B  empty array,
                    [ -1 .. -3 ] times B  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Indices:
      [ A ]     Access one array element
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    Type of result: baseType,
                    A[minIdx(A)]  First element,
                    A[maxIdx(A)]  Last element,
                    A[pred(minIdx(A))]  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    A[succ(maxIdx(A))]  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      [ A .. B ]  Get a sub array from the position A to the position B
                  ( Type of arguments A and B: integer )
      [ A len B ]  Get a sub array from the position A with maximum length B
                  ( Type of arguments A and B: integer )
      [ A .. ]  Get a sub array beginning at position A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
      [ .. A ]  Get a sub array ending at position A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      length(A) Length of array
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    length(A) = succ(maxIdx(A) - minIdx(A)),
                    length(0 times TRUE)  0,
                    length(5 times TRUE)  5 )
      minIdx(A) Minimal index of array
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    minIdx(3 times TRUE)  1,
                    minIdx([-1 .. 4] times TRUE)  -1 )
      maxIdx(A) Maximal index of array
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    maxIdx(3 times TRUE)  3 )
      rand(A)   Random element from an array
                The random elements are uniform distributed.
                  ( Type of result:  baseType )
      remove(A,B) Remove element with index B from array A and
                  return the removed element
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    Type of result: baseType,
                    remove(0 times TRUE, 1)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      sort(A)   Sort array using the compare(baseType, baseType) function
    Statements:
      A &:= B   Append B to A
                  ( A &:= B  A := A & B )
      A &:= B   Append element B to A
                  ( Type of argument B: baseType,
                    A &:= B  A := A & [] (B) )
      for A range B do
        C
      end for   Loop over all elements of an array
                  ( Type of argument A: baseType,
                    Type of argument C: proc )
      insert(A, B, C) Insert C to the array A at position B
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    Type of argument C: baseType )
      insert(A, B) Insert B into the sorted array A
                  ( Type of argument C: baseType )

5.11 hash

The type hash [keyType] baseType describes hash tables with elements of baseType. The elements can be accessed with an index of keyType.

For example: hash [string] integer describes hash tables with integer elements and string keys.

The keyType of a hash needs to provide the functions hashCode and compare. Besides this the keyType can be any type. The hash functions are defined in the library "hash.s7i".

    Constants:
      hashType.EMPTY_HASH  Empty hash table
    Infix operators:
      in        Element
                  ( Left argument: baseType,
                    Type of result: boolean )
      not in    Is not Element
                  ( Left argument: baseType,
                    Type of result: boolean )
    Indices:
      [ A ]     Access one hash table element
                  ( Type of argument A: keyType,
                    Type of result: baseType )
    Functions:
      length(A) Number of elements in hash table A
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    length(hashType.EMPTY_HASH)  0 )
      keys(A)   Unsorted array of keys from hash table A
                  ( Type of result: array keyType )
      values(A) Unsorted array of values from hash table A
                  ( Type of result: array baseType )
      flip(A)   Deliver a hash with keys and values flipped
                  ( Type of result: hash [baseType] array keyType )
    Statements:
      incl(A,B,C) Include element B to hash table A
                  ( Type of argument B: keyType,
                    Type of argument C: baseType )
      excl(A,B) Exclude element B from hash table A
                  ( Type of argument B: keyType )
      A @:= [B] C  Assign C to element B of hash table A
                  ( Type of argument B: keyType,
                    Type of argument C: baseType )
      for A range B do
        C
      end for   Unsorted loop over all values of a hash
                  ( Type of argument A: baseType,
                    Type of argument C: proc )
      for key A range B do
        C
      end for   Unsorted loop over all keys of a hash
                  ( Type of argument A: keyType,
                    Type of argument C: proc )
      for A key B range C do
        D
      end for   Unsorted loop over all values and keys of a hash
                  ( Type of argument A: baseType,
                    Type of argument B: keyType,
                    Type of argument D: proc )

5.12 set

The type set of baseType describes a set of elements of a baseType. (including the empty set). The type set of baseType is defined in the library "set.s7i". This abstract data type decides about the implementation of the set. When baseType values can be mapped to integer with the ord function and ord does never raise an exception the set is implemented as bitset(baseType) (defined in the library "bitsetof.htm"), otherwise the set is implemented as hashset(baseType) (defined in the library "hashsetof.htm"). The type set of integer is an alternate name for bitset, which is defined in the library "bitset.s7i".

    Constants:
      setType.EMPTY_SET  Empty set
      EMPTY_SET  Empty set of the type bitset
    Infix operators:
      |         Union
                  ( {1, 3} | {2, 3}  {1, 2, 3} )
      &         Intersection
                  ( {1, 3} & {2, 3}  {3} )
      -         Difference
                  ( {1, 3} - {2, 3}  {1} )
      ><        Symmetric Difference
                  ( {1, 3} >< {2, 3}  {1, 2} )
      in        Element
                  ( Left argument: baseType,
                    Type of result: boolean )
      not in    Is not Element
                  ( Left argument: baseType,
                    Type of result: boolean )
    Relations:
      =, <>     Equal and not equal
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      <=        Subset
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    A <= B  TRUE when no element X exists for which
                       X in A and X not in B
                    holds.
                    A <= B  FALSE when an element X exists for which
                       X in A and X not in B
                    holds.
                    setType.EMPTY_SET <= A  TRUE,
                    A <= setType.EMPTY_SET  FALSE for A <> EMPTY_SET,
                    A <= B  B >= A )
      <         Proper subset
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    A < B  A <= B and A <> B,
                    setType.EMPTY_SET < A  TRUE for A <> EMPTY_SET,
                    A < setType.EMPTY_SET  FALSE,
                    A < B  B > A )
      >=        Superset
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    A >= B  TRUE when no element X exists for which
                       X in B and X not in A
                    holds.
                    A >= B  FALSE when an element X exists for which
                       X in B and X not in A
                    holds.
                    A >= setType.EMPTY_SET  TRUE,
                    setType.EMPTY_SET >= A  FALSE for A <> EMPTY_SET,
                    A >= B  B <= A )
      >         Proper superset
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    A > B  A >= B and A <> B,
                    A > setType.EMPTY_SET  TRUE for A <> EMPTY_SET,
                    setType.EMPTY_SET > A  FALSE,
                    A > B  B < A )
    Functions:
      card      Cardinality of a set
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    card(setType.EMPTY_SET)  0  )
      min       Minimal element
                  ( Type of result: baseType,
                    Delivers the element from the set for
                    which the following condition holds:
                       Element <= X
                    for all X which are in the set.
                    min(setType.EMPTY_SET)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      max       Maximum element
                  ( Type of result: baseType,
                    Delivers the element from the set for
                    which the following condition holds:
                       Element >= X
                    for all X which are in the set.
                    min(setType.EMPTY_SET)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(setType.EMPTY_SET)  "{}",
                    str({})  "{}" )
                    str({1, 2})  "{1, 2}" )
      rand      Random element from a set
                The random elements are uniform distributed.
                  ( Type of result: baseType,
                    rand(setType.EMPTY_SET)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      incl(A,B) Include element B to set A
                  ( Type of argument B: baseType )
      excl(A,B) Exclude element B from set A
                  ( Type of argument B: baseType )
      for A range B do
        C
      end for   Loop over all elements of a set
                  ( Type of argument A: baseType,
                    Type of argument C: proc )

5.13 struct

The type struct describes all structured types.

    Type generators:
      new struct
        var aType: name is value;
        ...
      end struct
                Create new structure type

      new metaType struct
        var aType: name is value;
        ...
      end struct
                Create new structure type as subtype of metaType,
                which is not a structure

      sub metaType struct
        var aType: name is value;
        ...
      end struct
                Create new structure type as subtype of metaType,
                which is a structure type. The new structure type inherits all
                elements of the structure type metaType.

      var aType: name is value
                Declare structure element 'name' with 'value'

    Infixoperators:
      .         Access Element of STRUCT
                  ( example.element )
      ->        Access Element of ptr STRUCT
                  ( example->element )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      incl(A, B) Include element in MODULE
                  ( Type of argument B: reference )
      excl(A, B) Exclude element from MODULE
                  ( Type of argument B: reference )

5.14 category

The type category describes the category of a reference. The category functions are defined in the library "category.s7i".

    Constants:
      SYMBOLOBJECT, DECLAREDOBJECT, FORWARDOBJECT, FWDREFOBJECT, BLOCKOBJECT,
      CALLOBJECT,MATCHOBJECT, TYPEOBJECT, FORMPARAMOBJECT, INTOBJECT,
      BIGINTOBJECT, CHAROBJECT, STRIOBJECT, BSTRIOBJECT, ARRAYOBJECT,
      HASHOBJECT, STRUCTOBJECT, CLASSOBJECT, INTERFACEOBJECT, SETOBJECT,
      FILEOBJECT, SOCKETOBJECT, LISTOBJECT, FLOATOBJECT, WINOBJECT,
      ENUMLITERALOBJECT, CONSTENUMOBJECT, VARENUMOBJECT, REFOBJECT,
      REFLISTOBJECT, EXPROBJECT, ACTOBJECT, VALUEPARAMOBJECT, REFPARAMOBJECT,
      RESULTOBJECT, LOCALVOBJECT, PROGOBJECT
    Infix operators:
      category conv A   Conversion of integer to category
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    category conv ord(INTOBJECT)  INTOBJECT )
      category parse A   Conversion of string to category
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    category parse "FLOATOBJECT"  FLOATOBJECT,
                    category parse "does not exist"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      ord(A)    Ordinal number
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    str(CHAROBJECT)  "CHAROBJECT" )
    Statements:
      for A range B to C do
        D
      end for   Loop over all categories from B to C
                  ( Type of argument D: proc )
      for A range B downto C do
        D
      end for   Loop over all categories from B down to C
                  ( Type of argument D: proc )

5.15 reference

The type reference describes a reference to any object. The reference functions are defined in the library "reference.s7i".

    Constants:
      NIL       Reference to no element.
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      category(A) Get the category of the referenced object
                  ( Type of result: category,
                    category(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      getType(A) Get the type of the referenced object
                  ( Type of result: type,
                    getType(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      objNumber(A) Delivers an unique number for each object
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    objNumber(NIL)  0 )
      isVar(A)  Reference to a variable object
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    isVar(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      formalParams(A) Gets the formal parameters of a function
                  ( Type of result: ref_list,
                    formalParams(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      localVars(A) Gets the local variables of a function
                  ( Type of result: ref_list,
                    localVars(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    localVars(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> BLOCKOBJECT )
      localConsts(A) Gets the local constants of a function
                  ( Type of result: ref_list,
                    localConsts(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    localConsts(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> BLOCKOBJECT )
      body(A)   Gets the body of a function
                  ( body(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    body(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> BLOCKOBJECT )
      resultVar(A) Gets the result variable of a function
                  ( resultVar(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    resultVar(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> BLOCKOBJECT )
      resultInitValue(A) Gets the initialization value of the result
                         object of a function
                  ( resultInitValue(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    resultInitValue(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> BLOCKOBJECT )
      arrayToList(A) Return the array elements as list
                  ( Type of result: ref_list,
                    arrayToList(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    arrayToList(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> ARRAYOBJECT )
      arrayMinIdx(A) Return the minimal index of an array
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    arrayMinIdx(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    arrayMinIdx(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> ARRAYOBJECT )
      arrayMaxIdx(A) Return the maximal index of an array
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    arrayMaxIdx(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    arrayMaxIdx(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> ARRAYOBJECT )
      structToList(A) Return the struct elements as list
                  ( Type of result: ref_list,
                    structToList(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    structToList(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> STRUCTOBJECT )
      interfaceToStruct(A) Return the struct to which the interface object points.
                  ( interfaceToStruct(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    interfaceToStruct(A)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> INTERFACEOBJECT )
      file(A)   File name of the referenced object
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    file(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      line(A)   Line number of the referenced object
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    line(NIL)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      alloc(A)  Create a copy of the object referenced by A
                The object value of the copy is set to NULL
      getValue(A, reference) Dereference as reference
                  ( Type of result: reference,
                    getValue(NIL, reference)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, reference)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for
                        category(A) not in {FWDREFOBJECT, REFOBJECT, REFPARAMOBJECT, RESULTOBJECT,
                        LOCALVOBJECT, ENUMLITERALOBJECT, CONSTENUMOBJECT, VARENUMOBJECT} )
      getValue(A, ref_list) Dereference as ref_list
                  ( Type of result: ref_list,
                    getValue(NIL, ref_list)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, ref_list)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for
                        category(A) not in {MATCHOBJECT, CALLOBJECT, REFLISTOBJECT} )
      getValue(A, integer) Dereference as integer
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    getValue(NIL, integer)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, integer)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> INTOBJECT )
      getValue(A, bigInteger) Dereference as bigInteger
                  ( Type of result: bigInteger,
                    getValue(NIL, bigInteger)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, bigInteger)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> BIGINTOBJECT )
      getValue(A, float) Dereference as float
                  ( Type of result: float,
                    getValue(NIL, float)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, float)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> FLOATOBJECT )
      getValue(A, char) Dereference as char
                  ( Type of result: char,
                    getValue(NIL, char)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, char)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> CHAROBJECT )
      getValue(A, string) Dereference as string
                  ( Type of result: string,
                    getValue(NIL, string)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, string)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> STRIOBJECT )
      getValue(A, bitset) Dereference as bitset
                  ( Type of result: bitset,
                    getValue(NIL, bitset)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, bitset)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> SETOBJECT )
      getValue(A, clib_file) Dereference as clib_file
                  ( Type of result: clib_file,
                    getValue(NIL, clib_file)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, clib_file)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> FILEOBJECT )
      getValue(A, program) Dereference as program
                  ( Type of result: program,
                    getValue(NIL, program)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, program)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> PROGOBJECT )
      getValue(A, ACTION) Dereference as ACTION
                  ( Type of result: ACTION,
                    getValue(NIL, ACTION)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, ACTION)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> ACTOBJECT )
      getValue(A, type) Dereference as type
                  ( Type of result: type,
                    getValue(NIL, type)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    getValue(A, type)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR for category(A) <> TYPEOBJECT )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      setVar(A, B) Set var flag of referenced object A to B
                  ( Type of argument B: boolean,
                    setVar(NIL, B)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      setCategory(A, B) Set the category of the referenced object A to B
                  ( Type of argument B: category,
                    setCategory(NIL, B)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      setType(A, B) Set the type of the referenced object A to B
                  ( Type of argument B: type,
                    setType(NIL, B)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      setValue(A, B) Set the value of the referenced object A to B
                  ( Type of argument B: ref_list )
      setFormalParams(A, B) Set the formal parameters of a function
                  ( Type of argument B: ref_list,
                    setFormalParams(NIL, B)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )

5.16 ref_list

The type ref_list describes a list of reference objects. The ref_list functions are defined in the library "ref_list.s7i".

    Constants:
      ref_list.EMPTY  Empty reference list.
    Infix operators:
      &         Ref_list list concatenation
      A in B    Is element in ref_list
                  ( Type of argument A: reference,
                    Type of result: boolean )
      A not in B  Is element not in ref_list
                  ( Type of argument A: reference,
                    Type of result: boolean )
    Indices:
      [ A ]     Access one ref_list element
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    Type of result: reference,
                    A[1]First element,
                    A[length(A)]Last element,
                    A[0]  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    A[succ(length(A))]  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      [ A .. B ]  Access a sub list
                  ( Type of arguments A and B: integer )
      [ A .. ]  Access a sub list beginning at position A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
      [ .. A ]  Access a sub list ending at position A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      length(A) Length of ref_list
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    length(ref_list.EMPTY)  0 )
      make_list(A) Create ref_list with element A
                  ( Type of argument A: reference )
      pos(A,B)  First position of reference B in ref_list A
                  ( Type of argument B: reference,
                    Type of result: integer )
      pos(A,B,C) First position of reference B in ref_list A
                 The search starts at position C of ref_list A
                  ( Type of argument B: reference,
                    Type of argument C: integer,
                    Type of result: integer )
      incl(A, B) Include element in list
                  ( Type of argument B: reference )
      excl(A, B) Exclude element from list
                  ( Type of argument B: reference )
    Statements:
      A &:= B   Append B to A
                  ( A &:= B  A := A & B )
      A @:= [B] C  Assign C to element B of ref_list A
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    Type of argument C: reference,
                    A @:= [B] C 
                        A := A[..pred(B)] & make_list(C) & A[succ(B)..],
                    A @:= [0] C  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR,
                    A @:= [succ(length(A))] C  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      for A range B do
        C
      end for   Loop over all elements of a ref_list
                  ( Type of argument A: reference,
                    Type of argument C: proc )

5.17 program

The type program describes a Seed7 program. The program functions are defined in the library "progs.s7i".

    Constants:
      program.EMPTY  Empty program.
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      parseFile(A)  Parse the file with the name A
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
      parseStri(A)  Parse the string A
                  ( Type of argument A: string )
      evaluate(A, B)  Evaluate the expression B which is part of program A
                  ( Type of result: reference,
                    Type of argument B: reference )
      sysVar(A, B)  Return a reference of the system var B of program A
                  ( Type of result: reference,
                    Type of argument B: string )
      errorCount(A)  Number of errors in the program A
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      globalObjects(A)  List of global defined objects in the program A
                  ( Type of result: ref_list )
      syobject(A, B)  Return object with name B in program A
                  ( Type of result: reference,
                    Type of argument B: string )
      match(A, B)  Return object from program A which matches B
                  ( Type of result: reference,
                    Type of argument B: ref_list )
    Statements:
      execute(A) Execute the program referred by A

5.18 ptr

The type ptr baseType describes a pointer to an object of a baseType. With

const type: ptrType is ptr baseType;

a new pointer type ptrType is declared.

    Constants:
      ptrType.NIL   Reference to no element
    Prefix operators:
      &         Address of
                  ( Type of operand: baseType )
    Postfix operators:
      ^         Dereference
                  ( Type of result: baseType )
    Infix operators:
      ptrType conv A  Conversion from reference A to ptrType
      reference conv A  Conversion from ptrType A to reference
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      base_type(ptrType)  Gets the baseType of a ptrType
                  ( Type of argument ptrType: type )

5.19 ENUMERATION

With

const type: enumType is new enum
    enum_literal1, enum_literal2
  end enum;

a new enumeration type is declared. The values of this type are:

    enum_literal1 and enum_literal2

For a enumeration type only few operations are predefined. Additional operations must be defined separately. So it is necessary to define the functions str and parse in order to do I/O for a new enumeration type.

    Infix operators:
      enumType conv A  Conversion from integer A to enumType
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    enumType conv 0  enum_literal1 )
      integer conv A   Conversion from enumType A to integer
                  ( Type of result: integer,
                    integer conv enum_literal1  0 )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      ord(A)    Ordinal number
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      succ(A)   Successor
                  ( succ(A)  enumType conv(succ(ord(A))) )
      pred(A)   Predecessor
                  ( pred(A)  enumType conv(pred(ord(A))) )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      incr(A)   Increment
                  ( incr(A)  A:=succ(A) )
      decr(A)   Decrement
                  ( decr(A)  A:=pred(A) )

5.20 color

The type color describes colors. The color functions are defined in the library "color.s7i".

    Elements:
      var integer: red_part is 0;
      var integer: green_part is 0;
      var integer: blue_part is 0;
    Constants:
      black         is color(0, 0, 0);
      dark_red      is color(32768, 0, 0);
      dark_green    is color(0, 32768, 0);
      brown         is color(32768, 16384, 0);
      dark_blue     is color(0, 0, 32768);
      dark_magenta  is color(32768, 0, 32768);
      dark_cyan     is color(0, 65535, 65535);
      light_gray    is color(49152, 49152, 49152);
      dark_gray     is color(16384, 16384, 16384);
      light_red     is color(65535, 0, 0);
      light_green   is color(0, 65535, 0);
      yellow        is color(65535, 65535, 0);
      light_blue    is color(0, 0, 65535);
      light_magenta is color(65535, 0, 65535);
      light_cyan    is color(32768, 65535, 65535);
      white         is color(65535, 65535, 65535);
      orange        is color(65535, 32768, 0);
      amber         is color(49152, 32768, 16384);
      pink          is color(65535, 32768, 32768);
    Infix operators:
      +         Add two colors in an additive color system
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      color(R,G,B) Creates a color from Red, Green and Blue
                  ( Type of argument R: integer,
                    Type of argument G: integer,
                    Type of argument B: integer )
      gray(BR)  Create a gray color value from BR
                  ( Type of argument BR: integer )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )

5.21 time

The type time describes times and dates. For dates the proleptic Gregorian calendar is used (which assumes that the Gregorian calendar was even in effect at dates preceding its official introduction). This convention is used according to ISO 8601 which also defines that positive and negative years exist and that the year preceding 1 is 0. Time is measured in hours, minutes, seconds and micro seconds. Additionally information about the difference to UTC and a flag indicating daylight saving time is maintained also. The time functions are defined in the library "time.s7i".

    Elements:
      var integer: year is 0;
      var integer: month is 1;
      var integer: day is 1;
      var integer: hour is 0;
      var integer: minute is 0;
      var integer: second is 0;
      var integer: micro_second is 0;
    Infix operators:
      time parse A   Conversion of string to time
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    time parse "2005-02-28 12:00:01"  2005-02-28 12:00:01,
                    time parse "2005-02-29 12:00:01"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      time(NOW)  Gets the current time
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      strDate(A)  Conversion of the date to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      strTime(A)  Conversion of the daytime to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      strTimeZone(A)  Conversion of the time zone to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      truncToSecond(A)  Truncate a time to a second
      truncToMinute(A)  Truncate a time to a minute
      truncToHour(A)  Truncate a time to a hour
      truncToDay(A)  Truncate a time to a day
      truncToMonth(A)  Truncate a time to a month
      truncToYear(A)  Truncate a time to a year
      isLeapYear(A)  Determine if a given year is a leap year
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      daysInYear(Y)  Calculate the number of days in a year
                  ( Type of argument Y: integer,
                    Type of result: integer )
      daysInMonth(Y, M)  Calculate the number of days in a month
                  ( Type of argument Y: integer,
                    Type of argument M: integer,
                    Type of result: integer )
      daysInMonth(A)  Calculate the number of days in a month
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      dayOfWeek(A)  Day of the week with Monday as 1
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      dayOfYear(A)  Day of the year with 1 January as 1
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      weekOfYear(Y, D)  Compute the week number of a year (0 to 53).
                    According to ISO 8601: Week number 1 of
                    every year contains the 4. of january.
                  ( Type of argument Y: integer,
                    Type of argument D: integer,
                    Type of result: integer )
      weekOfYear(A)  Compute the week number of a year (0 to 53).
                    According to ISO 8601: Week number 1 of
                    every year contains the 4. of january.
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      weekDateYear(A)  Compute the year of the ISO 8601 week date
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      weekDateWeek(A)  Compute the week of the ISO 8601 week date
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toUTC(A)  Conversion to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
      julianDayNumber(A)  Number of days that have elapsed since
                January 1, 4713 BC in the proleptic Julian calendar
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      julianDayNumToTime(A)  Convert julian day number to time
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
      timestamp1970(A)  Time expressed in seconds since the
                Unix Epoch (1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC)
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      timestamp1970ToTime(A)  Convert a timestamp into a time from
                the local time zone
                  ( Type of argument A: integer )
      compare(A, B)  Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A)  Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      await(A)  Wait until the given time

5.22 duration

The type duration describes time and date durations. The duration functions are defined in the library "duration.s7i".

    Prefix operators:
      +         Identity
      -         Change sign
    Infix operators:
      +         Add two durations
      -         Subtract two durations
      *         Multiply a duration by an integer
                  ( Type of left operand: integer )
      *         Multiply a duration by an integer
                  ( Type of right operand: integer )
      +         Add a duration to a time
                  ( Type of left operand: time,
                    Type of result: time )
      -         Subtract a duration from a time
                  ( Type of left operand: time,
                    Type of result: time )
      -         Subtract two times
                  ( Type of left operand: time,
                    Type of right operand: time )
      duration parse A   Conversion of string to duration
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    duration parse "0-02-28 12:00:01"  0-02-28 12:00:01,
                    duration parse "0-13-29 12:00:01"  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
    Relations:
      =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
    Functions:
      getYears(A)  Obtains the years of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      getMonths(A) Obtains the months of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      getDays(A)   Obtains the days of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      getHours(A)  Obtains the hours of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      getMinutes(A) Obtains the minutes of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      getSeconds(A) Obtains the seconds of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      getMicroSeconds(A)  Obtains the micro seconds of a duration
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toYears(A)  Return the duration in years
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toMonths(A) Return the duration in months
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toDays(A)   Return the duration in days
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toHours(A)  Return the duration in hours
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toMinutes(A) Return the duration in minutes
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toSeconds(A) Return the duration in seconds
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      toMicroSeconds(A)  Return the duration in micro seconds
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      A +:= B   Increment A by B
                  ( A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement A by B
                  ( A -:= B  A := A - B )
      A +:= B   Increment time A by B
                  ( Type of argument A: time,
                    A +:= B  A := A + B )
      A -:= B   Decrement time A by B
                  ( Type of argument A: time,
                    A -:= B  A := A - B )
      wait(A)   Wait for given duration

For the operations - (negate a duration) and - (subtract two time values) holds:

    (tim1 - tim2) = - (tim2 - tim1)

For the operations + (add a duration to a time) and - (subtract two time values) holds:

    tim2 + (tim1 - tim2) = tim1

For the operations - (subtract a duration from a time) and - (subtract two time values) holds:

    tim1 - (tim1 - tim2) = tim2

5.23 file

The type file is the interface type for sequential files. The file functions are defined in the library "file.s7i".

    Variables:
      STD_NULL  Standard null file
      STD_IN    Standard input of the operating system
      STD_OUT   Standard output of the operating system
      STD_ERR   Standard error output of the operating system
      IN        Standard input file used for file input
                  operations when no file is specified
                  ( IN is initialized with STD_IN )
      OUT       Standard output file used for file output
                  operations when no file is specified
                  ( OUT is initialized with STD_OUT )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      open(A, B) Open external file
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    Type of argument B: string,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if open was not
                    possible )
      openUtf8(A, B) Open external UTF-8 file
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    Type of argument B: string,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if open was not
                    possible )
      openUtf16(A, B) Open external UTF-16 file
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    Type of argument B: string,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if open was not
                    possible )
      popen(A, B) Open a pipe to a process
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    Type of argument B: string,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if popen was not
                    possible )
      popen8(A, B) Open a UTF-8 pipe to a process
                  ( Type of argument A: string,
                    Type of argument B: string,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if popen8 was not
                    possible )
      openInetSocket(port) Open local Internet client socket
                  ( Type of argument port: integer,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if open was not
                    possible )
      openInetSocket(addr, port) Open Internet client socket
                  ( Type of argument addr: string,
                    Type of argument port: integer,
                    Type of result: file,
                    Returns STD_NULL if open was not
                    possible )
      length(A) Length of file A
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      tell(A)   Return the actual file position
                  ( Type of argument: file,
                    The first position in the file is 1 )
      getc(A)   Get one character from file A
                  ( Type of result: char )
      gets(A, B) Get string with maximum length B from file A
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    Type of argument B: file,
                    Type of result: string,
                    gets(A, -1)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      getwd(A)  Get one word from file A
                  ( Type of result: string )
      getln(A)  Get one line from file A
                  ( Type of result: string )
      eoln(A)   End of line
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      hasNext(A) A call of getc does not return the EOF character
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      eof(A)    End of file
                  ( Type of result: boolean )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      write(A, B) Write string B to file A
                  ( Type of argument B: string )
      writeln(A) Write a new line to file A
      writeln(A, B) Write string B and new line to file A
                  ( Type of argument B: string )
      read(A, B) Read a word from file A into string B
                  ( Type of right operand: string )
      readln(A)  Read a line from file A
      readln(A, B) Read a line from file A into the string B
                  ( Type of right operand: string )
      backSpace(A) Write backspace to file A
      close(A)  Close file A
      flush(A)  Flush file A
      seek(A, B) Set actual file position of file A to B
                  ( Type of argument B: integer,
                    seek(A, 1)  Set to file begin,
                    seek(A, length(A))  Set to last position,
                    seek(A, length(A) + 1)  Set to end of file,
                    seek(A, 0)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )

5.24 text

The type text describes two dimensional files. The text functions are defined in the library "text.s7i".

    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      open_window(F, A, B, C, D) Open a text
                  ( Type of argument A: integer,
                    Type of argument B: integer,
                    Type of argument C: integer,
                    Type of argument D: integer )
      height(A) Height of the text
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      width(A)  Width of the text
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      line(A)   Current line of the text
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      column(A) Current column of the text
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      write(A, B) Write string B to text A
                  ( Type of argument B: string )
      writeln(A) Write a new line to text A
      writeln(A, B) Write string B and new line to text A
                  ( Type of argument B: string )
      read(A, B) Read a word from text A into string B
                  ( Type of right operand: string )
      readln(A)  Read a line from text A
      readln(A, B) Read a line from text A into the string B
                  ( Type of right operand: string )
      backSpace(A) Write backspace to text A
      close(A)  Close text A
      flush(A)  Flush text A
      clear(A)  Clear the window
      clear(A, UP, LO, LE, RI)  Clear an area of the window
                  ( Type of argument UP: integer
                    Type of argument LO: integer
                    Type of argument LE: integer
                    Type of argument RI: integer )
      v_scroll(A) Scroll the window vertical
      h_scroll(A) Scroll the window horizontal
      color(A, B) Set foreground color of the text A
                  ( Type of argument B: color )
      color(A, B, C) Set foreground and background color of the text A
                  ( Type of argument B: color,
                    Type of argument C: color )
      setPos(A, B, C) Set the current position of the text A
                  ( Type of argument B: integer
                    Type of argument C: integer )
      setLine(A, B) Set the current line of the text A
                  ( Type of argument B: integer )
      setColumn(A, B) Set the current column of the text A
                  ( Type of argument B: integer )
      box(A)    Write a box around the window
      clear_box(A) Clear the box around the window
      cursor_on(A) Make the cursor visible
      cursor_off(A) Make the cursor invisible

5.25 func

The type func baseType describes functions which return a baseType. For example: func integer describes an integer function.

    Values:
      ord, str, abs, sqrt, rand, A + B, A * B, A ** B,
      trunc, round, sin, cos, compare, hashCode, pos,
      replace, trim, length, keys, color, dayOfWeek,
      ...
                Every function declared with const func ... is a value

    Prefix operators:
      func
      result
        var baseType: resultVariable is baseType.value;
      begin
        statements
      end func
                Create a baseType function
                  ( Type of 'statements': proc,
                    Type of result: func baseType )

      func
      result
        var baseType: resultVariable is baseType.value;
      local
        declarations
      begin
        statements
      end func
                Create a baseType function with local variables
                  ( Type of 'declarations': proc,
                    Type of 'statements': proc,
                    Type of result: func baseType )

      return value
                Create a function with the result type of value
                  ( Type of value: anyType - which means: any type,
                    Type of result: func anyType )

Functions are declared as constants with a func type and are initialized with a func result ... or return ... operator. For example:

const func integer: tak (in integer: x, in integer: y, in integer: z) is func
  result
    var integer: tak is 0;
  begin
    if y >= x then
      tak := z;
    else
      tak := tak(tak(pred(x), y, z),
                 tak(pred(y), z, x),
                 tak(pred(z), x, y));
    end if;
  end func

Another example using the return function:

const func float: convertRadianToDegree (in float: x) is
  return x * 57.295779513082320876798154814114;

This return function should not be confused with a return statement. It is important to note that no return statement exists. The declaration for the return function is as follows:

const func func aType: return (ref func aType param)  is action "PRC_RETURN";
const func func aType: return (ref aType param)       is action "PRC_RETURN";

The func types can also be used for parameters. Functions which use a func parameter do not evaluate this parameter before the function call. Instead this parameter can be evaluated zero or more times inside the function. For example:

const func boolean: (in boolean: first) and (in func boolean: second) is func
  result
    var boolean: conjunction is FALSE;
  begin
    if first then
      conjunction := second;
    end if;
  end func;

Here the second parameter is only evaluated when the first parameter is TRUE.

5.26 varfunc

The type varfunc baseType describes functions which return a baseType variable. For example: A function which returns an integer variable is described with varfunc integer. A call of a varfunc can be used at the left side of an assignment. Generally a varfunc can be used at places where an inout parameter requests a variable.

    Prefix operators:
      return var value;
                Create a varfunc which returns the variable 'value'
                  ( Type of value: anyType - which means: any type,
                    Accessright of value: var = A variable, an inout parameter or a varfunc
                    Type of result: varfunc anyType )

Varfunctions are used to express array, hash and struct accesses which can be used at the left and right side of an assignment. The access function for a hash is defined as:

const func baseType: (in hashType: aHash) [ (in keyType: aKey) ] is
  return INDEX(aHash, aKey, hashCode(aKey), hashType.keyCompare);

const varfunc baseType: (inout hashType: aHash) [ (in keyType: aKey) ] is
  return var INDEX(aHash, aKey, hashCode(aKey), hashType.keyCompare);

The example above shows that functions with in and inout parameters can be overloaded. At the right side of an assignment the func is called, while at the left side the varfunc is called. That way the access functions of arrays, hashs and structs can be used in the usual way.

5.27 void

The type void describes the empty type.

    Value:
      empty     This is the only value of the type void.

5.28 proc

The type proc describes procedures. The type proc is defined as func void.

    Values:
      noop;
      while ... do ... end while;
      repeat ... until ... ;
      writeln( ... );
      A := B;
      incr(A);
      ...
                Every procedure declared with const proc: ... is a value
                The procedure 'noop' does nothing and is used as empty procedure.

    Prefix operators:
      func
      begin
        statements
      end func
                Create a procedure
                  ( Type of 'statements': proc,
                    Type of result: proc )

      func
      local
        declarations
      begin
        statements
      end func
                Create a procedure with local variables
                  ( Type of 'declarations': proc,
                    Type of 'statements': proc,
                    Type of result: proc )

5.29 type

The type type describes all types.

    Values:
      void, boolean, integer, rational, float, char,
      string, reference, ref_list, color, time, duration
      file, proc, type, ...
                Every type declared with const type: ... is a value
                The type void is used as empty type.
    Prefix operators:
      func      Function type
                  ( func char  Function which returns a char )
      varfunc   Varfunc type
                  ( varfunc char  Function which returns a char variable )
      ptr       Pointer type
                  ( ptr bitset  Pointer to bitset )
      array     Array type
                  ( array string  Array of strings )
      set of    Set type
                  ( set of integer  Set of integer )
      subtype   Create subtype of existing type
                  ( subtype char  Subtype of char )
    Relations:
      =, <>
    Functions:
      str(A)    Conversion to string
                  ( Type of result: string )
      newtype   Create a new type
      gentype   Generate a type
      gensub(A) Generate a subtype
      typeof(A) Get the type of an expression
                  ( Type of argument A: Defined for all types,
                    typeof(1)  integer,
                    typeof("asdf")  string )
      isFunc(A)  Is this type a func type
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    isFunc(func char)  TRUE,
                    isFunc(varfunc char)  FALSE )
                    isFunc(char)  FALSE )
      isVarfunc(A)  Is this type a varfunc type
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    isVarfunc(func char)  FALSE,
                    isVarfunc(varfunc char)  TRUE,
                    isVarfunc(char)  FALSE )
      resultType(A)  Get the result type of a func or varfunc type
                  ( resultType(func char)  char,
                    resultType(proc)  void,
                    resultType(integer)  EXCEPTION RANGE_ERROR )
      isDerived(A)  Is this type derived from another type
                  ( Type of result: boolean,
                    isDerived(subtype char)  TRUE )
      meta(A)       Get the type from which type A is derived
                  ( meta(subtype char)  char )
      base_type(A)  Get the base type of an array, pointer or
                    set type
                  ( base_type(array char)  char,
                    base_type(ptr string)  string,
                    base_type(set of integer)  integer )
      typeNumber(A)  Get an unique number for a type
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      typeObject(A)  Get a unique object (match object) of a type
                  ( Type of result: reference )
      compare(A, B) Compare function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
      hashCode(A) Hash function
                  ( Type of result: integer )
    Statements:
      addInterface(A, B)  Adds the interface type B to the implementation type A
      const aType: name is value
                Declare constant 'name' with 'value'
      var aType: name is value
                Declare variable 'name' with 'value'

5.30 object

The type object is used as meta type for various types. This allows defining common operations for all this types. The type object is not used as element type for container classes since this can be done much better and type safe with abstract data types like array, set, hash and others.

    Functions:
      TRACE_OBJ(A)  Write internal information

5.31 expr

The type expr is used to describe unmatched expressions. These are expressions where the recognizing of the functions and the type check is not done yet. This is used for example in the definition of function bodies.

    Functions:
      WRITE_EXPR(A)
                Write expr A to FILE OUT

6. PARAMETERS

The following subchapters introduce the parameter types of Seed7.

6.1 'val' parameter

Value parameters are marked with the keyword 'val'. A value parameter copies the value of the actual parameter. Value parameters are used, when copying is cheap or when copying is necessary for the correct behavior. The function below appends a comma and a string to the variable 'globalStri':

const proc: appendStri (val string: stri) is func
  begin
    globalStri &:= ",";
    globalStri &:= stri;
  end func;

After doing

globalStri &:= "a";
appendStri(globalStri);

the variable globalStri contains the value "a,a". If the function header would be

const proc: appendStri (in string: stri) is func

the variable globalStri would contain the value "a,a,". This difference is because of the following reasons:

For arrays 'in' parameters are equal to 'ref' parameters. When appendStri is called with globalStri as parameter an unwanted side effect takes place: Every change of globalStri changes also the 'ref' parameter stri. Changes to the 'ref' parameter would also change the global variable. Such unwanted side effects can also take place between parameters (when at least one parameter is an 'inout' parameter).

In most cases such unwanted side effects are impossible or can be avoided easily. An 'in' parameter should be preferred over an 'val' parameter, when possible.

Semantics:
When calling a function a formal 'val' parameter gets its value from the corresponding actual parameter. This is done with a create procedure ( ::= ). In the function it is only possible to read a formal 'val' parameter. Changing a formal 'val' parameter is not possible. When a function is left a 'destr' procedure is called for every 'val' parameter. Formal 'val' parameters have the access right 'const'.
Syntax:
val_parameter ::=
'val' type_expression ':' identifier_declaration |
'val' type_expression 'param' .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .val.().param       is -> 40;
$ syntax expr: .val.(). : .(expr)  is -> 40;

const func f_param: val (ref type param) param               is action "DCL_VAL1";
const func f_param: val (ref type param) : (ref expr param)  is action "DCL_VAL2";

6.2 'ref' parameter

Reference parameters are marked with the keyword 'ref'. A reference parameter refers to the value of the actual parameter. Reference parameters are used, when copying is expensive and referring to the value does not change the correct behavior. The function below defines the primitive action for the semicolon operator:

const proc: (ref void param) ; (ref void param) is noop;

In this definition and other definitions of primitive actions 'ref' parameters are used. For normal functions usually 'in' parameters are used instead of 'ref' parameters:

const func integer: total_length (in array string: arr) is func
  result
    var integer: lengthSum is 0;
  local
    var integer: index is 0;
  begin
    for index range 1 to length(arr) do
      lengthSum +:= length(arr[index]);
    end for;
  end func;

Above function could also be defined with the following function head:

const func integer: total_length (ref array string: arr) is func

Since for array types (and also for struct types) 'in' parameters are defined to act as 'ref' parameters both definitions are equal. An 'in' parameter should be preferred over an 'ref' parameter, when possible.

Semantics:
When calling a function a formal 'ref' parameter is set to refer to the corresponding actual parameter. In the function it is only possible to read a formal 'ref' parameter. Changing a formal 'ref' parameter is not possible. Formal 'ref' parameters have the access right 'const'.
Syntax:
ref_parameter ::=
'ref' type_expression ':' identifier_declaration |
'ref' type_expression 'param' .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .ref.().param       is -> 40;
$ syntax expr: .ref.(). : .(expr)  is -> 40;

const func f_param: ref (ref type param) param               is action "DCL_REF1";
const func f_param: ref (ref type param) : (ref expr param)  is action "DCL_REF2";

6.3 'in' parameter

Input parameters are marked with the keyword 'in'. Depending on the type an input parameter is either a value or a reference parameter. The function below checks if a given number is a prime number:

const func boolean: is_prime (in integer: number) is func
  result
    var boolean: prime is FALSE;
  local
    var integer: count is 2;
  begin
    if number = 2 then
      prime := TRUE;
    elsif number >= 3 then
      while number rem count <> 0 and count * count <= number do
        incr(count);
      end while;
      prime := number rem count <> 0;
    end if;
  end func;

The following function defines the ex (outer) product:

const func array array integer:
    (in array integer: a) ex (in array integer: b) is func
  result
    var array array integer: product is 0 times 0 times 0;
  local
    var integer: index1 is 1;
  begin
    product := length(a) times length(b) times 0;
    for index1 range 1 to length(a) do
      for index2 range 1 to length(b) do
        product[index1][index2] := a[index1] * b[index2];
      end for;
    end for;
  end func;

Although both examples use 'in' parameters the parameter in the first example is actually a 'val' parameter while the parameters in the second example are actually 'ref' parameters. When a new type is created with the 'newtype' function it is necessary to specify the meaning of the 'in' parameter. This is done with a call of the IN_PARAM_IS_VALUE or the IN_PARAM_IS_REFERENCE function with the new generated type as parameter. If a new type is created with the 'subtype' function this specification is optional since the base type has already a specification of the 'in' parameter.

Semantics:
Depending on the type an 'in' parameter is equivalent to an 'val' (call by value) parameter or to an 'ref' (call by reference) parameter. Formal 'in' parameters have the access right 'const'.
Syntax:
in_parameter ::=
'in' type_expression ':' identifier_declaration .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .in.().param       is -> 40;
$ syntax expr: .in.(). : .(expr)  is -> 40;

const func f_param: in (ref type param) param                is action "DCL_REF1";

const proc: IN_PARAM_IS_VALUE (ref type: aType) is func
  begin
    const func f_param: in (attr aType) : (ref expr param)   is action "DCL_VAL2";
  end func;

const proc: IN_PARAM_IS_REFERENCE (ref type: aType) is func
  begin
    const func f_param: in (attr aType) : (ref expr param)   is action "DCL_REF2";
  end func;

6.4 'in var' parameter

This function computes the greatest common divisor:

const func integer: gcd (in var integer: a, in var integer: b) is func
  result
    var integer: gcd is 0;
  local
    var integer: help is 0;
  begin
    while a <> 0 do
      help := b rem a;
      b := a;
      a := help;
    end while;
    gcd := b;
  end func;

Semantics:
When calling a function a formal in var parameter gets its value from the corresponding actual parameter. This is done with a create procedure ( ::= ). In the function it is possible to read and change a formal in var parameter. Changing a formal in var parameter has no effect on the actual parameter. When a function is left a 'destr' procedure is called for every in var parameter. Formal in var parameters have the access right var.
Syntax:
in_var_parameter ::=
'in var' type-expression ':' identifier_declaration .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .in.var.().param       is -> 40;
$ syntax expr: .in.var.(). : .(expr)  is -> 40;

const func f_param: in var (ref type param) param               is action "DCL_IN1VAR";
const func f_param: in var (ref type param) : (ref expr param)  is action "DCL_IN2VAR";

6.5 'inout' parameter

This procedure doubles the given parameter 'number':

const proc: double (inout integer: number) is func
  begin
    number := 2 * number;
  end func;

Semantics:
When calling a function a formal 'inout' parameter is set to refer to the corresponding actual parameter. In the function it is possible to read and change a formal 'inout' parameter. Changing a formal 'inout' parameter changes the actual parameter as well. Formal 'inout' parameters have the access right 'var'.
Syntax:
inout_parameter ::=
'inout' type_expression ':' identifier_declaration .

Declaration:

$ syntax expr: .inout.().param       is -> 40;
$ syntax expr: .inout.(). : .(expr)  is -> 40;

const func f_param: inout (ref type param) param               is action "DCL_INOUT1";
const func f_param: inout (ref type param) : (ref expr param)  is action "DCL_INOUT2";

6.6 Symbol parameter

Some functions need symbols at fixed places in the parameter list. The following IF-statement requests the keywords 'THEN', 'END' and 'IF' at specific places:

IF condition THEN
  statement
END IF;

After defining the syntax of this IF-statement with

$ syntax expr: .IF.().THEN.().END.IF  is -> 25;

the semantic can be defined with:

const proc: IF (in boolean: condition) THEN
              (in proc: statement)
            END IF is func

              begin
                case condition of
                  when {TRUE}: statement;
                end case;
              end func;

The symbol parameters are just written outside the parentheses. A call of this statement could be:

IF value < maximum THEN
  write(value)
END IF;

Semantics:
Symbol parameters must be defined in a syntax definition and in a corresponding semantic definition. In the semantic definition symbol parameters are written outside of the parentheses. In the actual parameter list the corresponding symbol of the formal parameter list must be written.
Syntax:
symbol_parameter ::=
name_identifier | special_identifier .

6.7 'attr' parameter

This declaration associates a name to the type 'char':

const string: name (attr char) is "char";

This 'name' can be used as follows:

writeln(name(char));

It is possible to overload such declarations:

const string: name (attr boolean)  is "boolean";
const string: name (attr float)    is "float";

An 'attr' parameter can be used in a function also:

const func char: (attr char) parse (in string: stri) is
  return stri[1];

Semantics:
The actual parameter which corresponds to an 'attr' parameter must be the type mentioned in the declaration of the 'attr' parameter. An 'attr' parameter does not declare a formal parameter variable which could be used inside a function.
Syntax:
attr_parameter ::=
'attr' type_expression .

7. OBJECT ORIENTATION

Many people will be familiar with object-orientation from languages like C++, Smalltalk, and Java. Seed7 follows the route of declaring "interfaces". An interface is a common set of operations supported by an object. For instance cars, motorcycles, lorries and vans can all accelerate or brake, if they are legal to drive on the road they can all indicate right and left.

This view isn't new. C provides a primitive form of interfacing. When you write to a 'file' in C you use the same interface ('fprintf') for hard disk files, console output and printer output. The implementation does totally different things for these files. Unix has used the "everything is a file" philosophy for ages (even network communication uses the 'file' interface (see sockets)).

For short: An interface defines which methods are supported while the implementation describes how this is done. Several types with different method implementations can share the same interface.

7.1 Interface and implementation

Seed7 uses interface types and implementation types. Objects declared with an interface type refer to a value which has an implementation type. This situation is described with the following picture:

              +----------------+
    declared  |    interface   |<--- interface type
    object:   |     object     |     (known at compile-time)
              +----------------+
                      |
                      | refer to value
                      V
              +----------------+
    value:    | implementation |<--- implementation type
              |     object     |     (unknown at compile-time)
              +----------------+

The interface type of an object can always be determined at compile-time. Several implementation types can belong to one interface type (they implement the interface type). E.g.: The types null_file, external_file and socket implement the file interface. On the other hand: An implementation type can also implement several interface types. An interface object can only refer to a value with an implementation type that implements the interface. E.g.: A shape variable cannot refer to a socket.

A new interface type is declared with:

const type: shape is new interface;

Interface (DYNAMIC) functions describe what can be done with objects of an interface type. An interface function for a shape could be:

const proc: draw (in shape param, inout window param) is DYNAMIC;

Now we know that it is possible to 'draw' a shape to a window. How this drawing is done is described in the implementation type. An implementation type for shape is:

const type: circle is new struct
    var integer: radius is 0;
  end struct;

The fact that the type circle is an implementation type of shape is described with:

type_implements_interface(circle, shape);

The function which implements 'draw' for circles is:

const proc: draw (in circle: aCircle, inout window: aWindow) is func
  begin
    circle(aWindow.win, aWindow.currX, aWindow.currY,
        aCircle.radius, aWindow.foreground);
  end func;

In the classic OOP philosophy a message is sent to an object. To express this situation classic OO languages use the following method call syntax:

param1.method(param2, param3)

In the method the receiving object is referred with 'self' or 'this'. The other parameters use the same mechanisms as in procedural programming languages (value or reference parameter). Seed7 uses a different approach: Instead of an implicit defined 'self' or 'this' parameter, all formal parameters get a user defined name. To reflect this symmetric approach a Seed7 method call looks like a normal function call:

method(param1, param2, param3)

The definition of the 'draw' function above uses the formal parameter 'aCircle' in the role of a 'self' or 'this' parameter. Formal parameters which have an implementation type are automatically in the role of a 'self' or 'this' parameter.

A function to create new circle objects can also be helpful:

const func circle: circle (in integer: radius) is func
  result
    var circle: aCircle is circle.value;
  begin
    aCircle.radius := radius;
  end func;

Now we can draw a circle object with:

draw(circle(50), aWindow);

Although the statement above does exactly what it should do and the separation between interface and implementation is obvious, most OO enthusiasts would not be thrilled. All decisions which implementation function should be called can be made at compile time. To please the OO fans such decisions must be made at runtime. This decision process is called dynamic dispatch.

7.2 Dynamic dispatch

When the implementation types have different implementations of the same function (method) a dynamic dispatch is necessary. The type of the value, referred by an interface object, is not known at compile-time. In this case the program must decide at runtime which implementation of the function should be invoked. This decision is based on the implementation type of the value (referred by the interface object). A dynamic dispatch only takes place when a DYNAMIC (or interface) function is called. When the program is analyzed (in the interpreter or compiler) the interface functions take precedence over normal functions when both are to be considered.

To demonstrate the dynamic dispatch we define the type line which also implements a shape:

const type: line is new struct
    var integer: xLen is 0.0;
    var integer: yLen is 0.0;
  end func;

type_implements_interface(line, shape);

const proc: draw (in line: aLine, in window: aWindow) is func
  begin
    line(aWindow.win, aWindow.currX, aWindow.currY,
        aLine.xLen, aLine.yLen, aWindow.foreground);
  end func;

const func line: line (in integer: xLen, in integer: yLen) is func
  result
    var line: aLine is line.value;
  begin
    aLine.xLen := xLen;
    aLine.yLen := yLen;
  end func;

In addition we define a normal (not DYNAMIC) function which draws shapes to the 'currWindow':

const proc: draw (in shape: aShape) is func
  begin
    draw(aShape, currWindow);
  end func;

In the example above the call of the (DYNAMIC) interface function is 'draw(aShape, currWindow)'. The interface function declared with

const proc: draw (in shape param, inout window param) is DYNAMIC;

decides which implementation function has to be called. The dynamic dispatch works as follows:

This process describes the principal logic of the dynamic dispatch. In practice it is not necessary to execute the analyze part of the compiler during the runtime. It is possible to simplify this process with tables and function pointers.

7.3 Inheritance

When a new struct type is defined it is possible to inherit from an existing struct type. E.g.:

const type: external_file is sub null_file struct
    var clib_file: ext_file is PRIMITIVE_NULL_FILE;
    var string: name is "";
  end struct;

That way the type external_file inherits the fields and methods of null_file, which is declared as:

const type: null_file is new struct
  var char: bufferChar is '\n';
  var boolean: io_empty is FALSE;
  var boolean: io_ok is TRUE;
end struct;

In most situations it makes sense when the implementation types inherit from a basic implementation type such as null_file. That way it is possible to define functions which are inherited by all derived implementation types. In the standard library getln is such a function:

const func string: getln (inout null_file: aFile) is func
  result
    var string: stri is "";
  local
    var string: buffer is "";
  begin
    buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    while buffer <> "\n" and buffer <> "" do
      stri &:= buffer;
      buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    end while;
    aFile.bufferChar := buffer[1];
  end func;

All inherited types of null_file inherit the function getln, but they are also free to redefine it. In the getln function above the function call 'gets(aFile, 1)' uses the (DYNAMIC) interface function:

const func string: gets (inout file param, in integer param) is DYNAMIC;

In other OO languages the distinction between interface type and basic implementation type is not done. Such languages either use a dynamic dispatch for every method call (as Java does) or need a keyword to request a dynamic dispatch (as C++ does with the 'virtual' keyword).

When assignments take place between inherited implementation types it is important to note that structure assignments are done with (deep) copies. Naturally such assignments can only copy the elements that are present in both structures. In the following example just the null_file elements are copied from 'anExternalFile' to 'aNullFile':

const proc: example is func
  local
    var null_file: aNullFile is null_file.value;
    var external_file: anExternalFile is external_file.value;
  begin
    aNullFile := anExternalFile;
    write(aNullFile, "hello");
  end func;

Although the variable 'anExternalFile' is assigned to 'aNullFile', the statement 'write(aNullFile, "hello")' calls the write function (method) of the type null_file.

A new interface type can also inherit from an existing interface type:

const type: shape is sub object interface;

Although inheritance is a very powerful feature it should be used with care. In many situations it makes more sense that a new type has an element of another type (so called has-a relation) instead of inheriting from that type (so called is-a relation).

7.4 Class methods

Many object-oriented programming languages support methods that are associated with a class instead of an instantiated object. Such methods are called class methods or static methods. Seed7 supports class methods via attribute ('attr') parameters which allow that a function is attached to a type:

const func circle: create (attr circle, in integer: radius) is
  return circle(radius);

This 'create' function is attached to the type circle and can be called with

create(circle, 10)

Many languages require that the class name must precede the method name when a class method is called (E.g. 'circle::create(10)' in C++). In contrast to that 'attr' parameters are not restricted to a specific parameter position. They can be used in any parameter position as in the following example:

const func circle: create (in integer: radius, attr circle) is
  return circle(radius);

This function can be called with

create(10, circle)

Attribute parameters can be used for any type not just for interface and implementation types. Objects which do not have a function type such as a character constant can also be attached to a type:

const char: (attr char) . value is ' ';

This way attributes can be used to specify properties of a type such as its default 'value'. Programming languages such as Seed7 which support function definitions outside a class can also use normal functions instead of class methods. It is a matter of taste if a function should be grouped to a type or if it should exist stand alone and is called with:

circle(10)

7.5 Multiple dispatch

The Seed7 object system allows multiple dispatch (not to be confused with multiple inheritance). The methods are not assigned to one type (class). The decision which function (method) is called at runtime is done based upon the types of several arguments. The classic object orientation is a special case where a method is connected to one class and the dispatch decision is done based on the type of the 'self' or 'this' parameter. The classic object orientation is a single dispatch system.

In the following example the type Number is introduced which is capable to unify numerical types. The type Number is an interface type which defines the interface function for the '+' operation:

const type: Number is sub object interface;

const func Number: (in Number param) + (in Number param) is DYNAMIC;

The interface type Number can represent an 'Integer' or a 'Float':

const type: Integer is new struct
    var integer: val is 0;
  end struct;

type_implements_interface(Integer, Number);

const type: Float is new struct
    var float: val is 0.0;
  end struct;

type_implements_interface(Float, Number);

The declarations of the converting '+' operators are:

const func Float: (in Integer: a) + (in Float: b) is func
  result
    var Float: sum is Float.value;
  begin
    sum.val := flt(a.val) + b.val;
  end func;

const func Float: (in Float: a) + (in Integer: b) is func
  result
    var Float: sum is Float.value;
  begin
    sum.val := a.val + flt(b.val);
  end func;

The declarations of the normal '+' operators (which do not convert) are:

const func Integer: (in Integer: a) + (in Integer: b) is func
  result
    var Integer: sum is Integer.value;
  begin
    sum.val := a.val + b.val;
  end func;

const func Float: (in Float: a) + (in Float: b) is func
  result
    var Float: sum is Float.value;
  begin
    sum.val := a.val + b.val;
  end func;

The type Number can be extended to support other operators and there can be also implementations using complex, bigInteger, bigRational, etc. . That way Number can be used as universal type for math calculation. Further extending can lead to an universal type. Such an universal type is loved by proponents of dynamic typed languages, but there are also good reasons to have distinct types for different purposes.

7.6 Replacing pointers with interface types

Many languages have the concept of a pointer. It is possible to implement data structures, such as lists and trees, with pointers. Although Seed7 supports the concept of a pointer, they are not well suited to describe such data structures. Instead of pointers interface types can be used. This way list, trees and other advanced data structures can be defined.

The following example shows how to do this: The interface type element will be used as "pointer":

const type: element is new interface;

An implementation type for the empty element (emptyElement) can be used as basic implementation type from which other implementation types can inherit:

const type: emptyElement is new struct
  end struct;

That the implementation type emptyElement implements the interface type element is described with:

type_implements_interface(emptyElement, element);

Since every Seed7 expression has exactly one type, it is necessary to define a special 'NIL' value (used with 'element.NIL') for the type element:

const element: (attr element) . NIL is emptyElement.value;

Now the struct with two "pointers" and an integer can be declared:

const type: treeElement is sub emptyElement struct
    var element: left is element.NIL;
    var element: right is element.NIL;
    var integer: item is 0;
  end struct;

Finally the type treeElement is defined as implementation of the type element:

type_implements_interface(treeElement, element);

To allow the direct access to the structure elements 'left', 'right' and 'item' for objects of type element the following declarations are necessary:

const func    element: (ref   element param).left  is DYNAMIC;
const varfunc element: (inout element param).left  is DYNAMIC;
const func    element: (ref   element param).right is DYNAMIC;
const varfunc element: (inout element param).right is DYNAMIC;
const func    integer: (ref   element param).item  is DYNAMIC;
const varfunc integer: (inout element param).item  is DYNAMIC;

When all this was declared the following code is possible:

const proc: addItem (inout element: anElem, in integer: item) is func
  begin
    if anElem = element.NIL then
      anElem := xalloc(treeElement.value);
      anElem.item := item;
    elsif item < anElem.item then
      addItem(anElem.left, item);
    elsif item > anElem.item then
      addItem(anElem.right, item);
    end if;
  end func;

const proc: listItems (in element: anElem) is func
  begin
    if anElem <> element.NIL then
      listItems(anElem.left);
      write(" " <& anElem.item);
      listItems(anElem.right);
    end if;
  end func;

const func integer: sum (in element: anElem) is func
  result
    var integer: sum is 0;
  begin
    if anElem <> element.NIL then
      sum := anElem.item + sum(anElem.left) + sum(anElem.right);
    end if;
  end func;

New elements can be created with the function 'xalloc'. This way interface and implementation types help to provide the pointer functionality.

Pointers and interface types are not always the best solution. Abstract data types like dynamic arrays, hash tables, struct types and set types can also be used to declare data structures.

8. THE FILE SYSTEM

The file system is used for communication in various ways. For example: To write strings on the screen we use the following statements:

write("hello world");
writeln;

The procedure write writes a given string and writeln means: Write newline. We can also write data of various types with 'write':

write("result = ");
write(number div 5);
write(" ");
writeln(not error);

The 'writeln' above writes data and then terminates the line. This is equal to a 'write' followed by a 'writeln'. Instead of multiple write statements the <& operator can be used to concatenate the elements to be written:

writeln("result = " <& number div 5 <& " " <& not error);

The <& operator needs a string as left operand and is overloaded for various types as right operand. To allow things like

write(next_time <& " \r");

the <& operator is also overloaded for various types as left operand and a string as right operand. This allows you to concatenate several objects with <& when at least the first or the second object is a string. We can also read data from the keyboard:

write("Amount? ");
read(amount);

The user is allowed to use backspace and sends the input to the program with the RETURN-key. To let the user respond with the RETURN-key we can write:

writeln("Type RETURN");
readln;

To read a line of data we can use 'readln':

write("Your comment? ");
readln(user_comment_string);

In the previous examples all 'read' statements read from the file IN and all 'write' statements write to the file OUT. The files IN and OUT are initialized with STD_IN and STD_OUT which are the stdin and stdout files of the operating system. (Usually the keyboard and the screen). When we want to write to other files we use write statements with the file as first parameter. To write a line of text to the file "info.fil" we use the following statements:

info_file := open("info.fil", "w");
writeln(info_file, "This is the first line of the info file.");
close(info_file);

First the external file is opened for writing and then it is used. To read the file back in the string 'stri' we write:

info_file := open("info.fil", "r");
readln(info_file, stri);
close(info_file);

It is also possible to write values of other types to 'info_file':

writeln(info_file, number);

Here the 'number' is converted to a string which is written to the file. A 'number' is read back with:

readln(info_file, number);

For doing I/O to a window on the screen we write:

window1 := open_window(screen, 10, 10, 5, 60);
box(window1);
setPos(window1, 3, 1);
write(window1, "hello there");

This opens the window 'window1' on the 'screen' at the position 10, 10. This window has 5 lines and 60 columns. A box (of characters: - | + ) is written to surround the 'window1' and finally the string "hello there" is written in the window 'window1' at Position 3, 1. If we want to clear the 'window1' we write:

clear(window1);

Files can be used for much more things. Here is a list of goals for a file system:

In the following subchapters we discuss each of these goals.

8.1 Conversion to strings and back

We archive the goal of doing I/O for arbitrary types with two conversion functions. In order to do I/O with a type the str and parse functions must be defined for that type. As an example we show the conversion functions for the type boolean:

const func string: str (in boolean: aBool) is func
  result
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    if aBool then
      stri := "TRUE";
    else
      stri := "FALSE";
    end if;
  end func;

const func boolean: (attr boolean) parse (in string: stri) is func
  result
    var boolean: aBoolean is FALSE;
  begin
    if stri = "TRUE" then
      aBoolean := TRUE;
    elsif stri = "FALSE" then
      aBoolean := FALSE;
    else
      raise RANGE_ERROR;
    end if;
  end func;

The str function must deliver a corresponding string for every value of the type. The parse operator parses a string and delivers the converted value as result. If the conversion is not successful the exception RANGE_ERROR is raised. The attribute used with parse allows that it is overloaded for different types.

After defining the str and parse functions for a type the enable_io function can be called for this type as in:

enable_io(boolean);

The enable_io template declares various io functions like 'read', 'write' and others for the provided type (in this example boolean). If only output (or only input) is needed for a type it is possible to define just str (or parse) and activate just enable_output (or enable_input).

There is also a formatting operator called lpad which is based on the str function. The statements

write(12 lpad 6);
write(3 lpad 6);
writeln(45 lpad 6);
write(678 lpad 6);
write(98765 lpad 6);
writeln(4321 lpad 6);

produce the following output:

    12     3    45
   678 98765  4321

As we see the lpad operator can be used to produce right justified output. There is also rpad operator to produce left justified output. The basic definitions of the lpad and rpad operators work on strings and are as follows:

const func string: (ref string: stri) lpad (in integer: leng) is func
  result
    var string: padded is "";
  begin
    if leng > length(stri) then
      padded := " " mult leng - length(stri) & stri;
    else
      padded := stri;
    end if;
  end func;

const func string: (ref string: stri) rpad (in integer: leng) is func
  result
    var string: padded is "";
  begin
    if leng > length(stri) then
      padded := stri & " " mult leng - length(stri);
    else
      padded := stri;
    end if;
  end func;

The enable_io template contains definitions of lpad and rpad to work on the type specified with enable_io:

const func string: (in aType: aValue) lpad (in integer: leng) is
  return str(aValue) lpad leng;

const func string: (in aType: aValue) rpad (in integer: leng) is
  return str(aValue) rpad leng;

Values of type integer and bigInteger can be written in a numeral system with a radix (base) other than 10. The operators radix and RADIX can be used for this purpose. E.g. the statements

writeln(48879 radix 16);
writeln(3735928559_ RADIX 16);

produce the following output:

beef
DEADBEEF

For float values exist additional ways to convert them to strings. The digits operator allows the specification of a precision. E.g. the statements

writeln(3.1415 digits 2);
writeln(4.0 digits 2);

produce the following output:

3.14
4.00

A combination with the lpad operator as in

writeln(3.1415 digits 2 lpad 6);
writeln(99.9 digits 2 lpad 6);

is also possible and produces the following output:

  3.14
 99.90

Scientific notation for float is supported with the conversion operator sci. The statements

writeln(0.012345 sci 4);
writeln(1.2468 sci 2 );
writeln(3.1415 sci 0);
writeln(0.125 sci 1);
writeln(0.375 sci 1);

produce the following output:

1.2345e-2
1.25e+0
3e+0
1.2e-1
3.8e-1

The operator exp is used to specify the number of exponent digits. The statements

writeln(0.012345 sci 4 exp 2);
writeln(1.2468e15 sci 2 exp 1);
writeln(3.1415 sci 0 exp 3);
writeln(0.125 sci 1 exp 2);
writeln(0.375 sci 1 exp 2);

produce the following output:

1.2345e-02
1.25e+15
3e+000
1.2e-01
3.8e-01

8.2 Basic input and output operations

To allow arbitrary user defined file-types beside the operating system files we chose a model in which the I/O methods are assigned to the type of the file-value and not to the type of the file-variable. This allows a file variable to point to any file-value. The file-variables have the type file, which is the interface type for sequential files. For the operating system files and for each user defined file a file-type must be declared which has the I/O methods defined. These file-types are derived (direct or indirect) from the type null_file for which all I/O methods are defined upon a base of basic string I/O methods. So for a new user defined file-type only the basic string I/O methods must be defined.

The two basic I/O methods defined for null_file are

const proc: write (ref null_file: aFile, in string: stri) is noop;
const string: gets (ref null_file: aFile, ref integer: maxLength) is "";

A write to null_file with any string has no effect. Reading any number of characters with gets from null_file delivers the empty string. When a user defined file type is declared these are the two methods, which must be redefined, for the new file-type. Based upon these two methods three more methods are defined for null_file, named getc, getwd and getln. These methods get a character, a word and a line respectively. A word is terminated by a space, a tab or a linefeed. A line is terminated by a linefeed. This methods need not to be redefined for a user defined file type but for performance reasons they can also be redefined. The definitions for getc, getwd and getln for null_file are

const func char: getc (inout null_file: aFile) is func
  result
    var char: ch is ' ';
  local
    var string: buffer is "";
  begin
    buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    if buffer = "" then
      ch := EOF;
    else
      ch := buffer[1];
    end if;
  end func;

const func string: getwd (inout null_file: aFile) is func
  result
    var string: stri is "";
  local
    var string: buffer is "";
  begin
    repeat
      buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    until buffer <> " " and buffer <> "\t";
    while buffer <> " " and buffer <> "\t" and
        buffer <> "\n" and buffer <> "" do
      stri &:= buffer;
      buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    end while;
    if buffer = "" then
      aFile.bufferChar := EOF;
    else
      aFile.bufferChar := buffer[1];
    end if;
  end func;

const func string: getln (inout null_file: aFile) is func
  result
    var string: stri is "";
  local
    var string: buffer is "";
  begin
    buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    while buffer <> "\n" and buffer <> "" do
      stri &:= buffer;
      buffer := gets(aFile, 1);
    end while;
    if buffer = "" then
      aFile.bufferChar := EOF;
    else
      aFile.bufferChar := buffer[1];
    end if;
  end func;

Note that getwd skips leading spaces and tabs while getc and getln do not. When getc, getwd or getln is not defined for a new user defined file type the declarations from the null_file are used instead. These declarations are based on the method gets which must be defined for every new user defined file-type.

Note that there is an assignment to the variable 'bufferChar'. This variable is an element of null_file and therefore also an element of all derived file types. This allows an 'eoln' function to test if the last getwd or getln reach the end of a line. Here is a definition of the 'eoln' function:

const func boolean: eoln (in null_file: inFile) is
  return inFile.bufferChar = '\n';

Besides assigning a value to 'bufferChar' in getwd and getln and using it in 'eoln' the standard file functions do nothing with 'bufferChar'. The functions of the "scanfile.s7i" library use the 'bufferChar' variable as current character in the scan process. As such all functions of the "scanfile.s7i" library assume that the first character to be processed is always in 'bufferChar'. Since the standard file functions do not have this behavior, care has to be taken when mixing scanner and file functions.

The type null_file provides default functions to write end-of-line:

const proc: writeln (inout null_file: outFile) is func
  begin
    write(outFile, "\n");
  end func;

const proc: writeln (inout null_file: outFile, in string: stri) is func
  begin
    write(outFile, stri);
    writeln(outFile);
  end func;

The next declarations allow various I/O operations for strings:

const proc: read (inout file: aFile, inout string: stri) is func
  begin
    stri := getwd(aFile);
    aFile.io_empty := stri = "";
    aFile.io_ok := TRUE;
  end func;

const proc: readln (inout file: aFile, inout string: stri) is func
  begin
    stri := getln(aFile);
    aFile.io_empty := stri = "";
    aFile.io_ok := TRUE;
  end func;

8.3 Input and output with conversion

Normally we need a combination of an I/O operation with a conversion operation. There are several functions which are based on the str and parse conversions and on the basic I/O-functions. The declaration of this functions is done by the templates enable_io, enable_input and enable_output. The templates enable_io and enable_output define the following write function:

const proc: write (in file: aFile, in aType: aValue) is func
  begin
    write(aFile, str(aValue));
  end func;

The templates enable_io and enable_input define the following read and readln functions:

const proc: read (inout file: aFile, inout aType: aValue) is func
  local
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    stri := getwd(aFile);
    aFile.io_empty := stri = "";
    block
      aValue := aType parse stri;
      aFile.io_ok := TRUE;
    exception
      catch RANGE_ERROR:
        aFile.io_ok := FALSE;
    end block;
  end func;

const proc: readln (inout file: aFile, inout aType: aValue) is func
  local
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    stri := getln(aFile);
    aFile.io_empty := stri = "";
    block
      aValue := aType parse stri;
      aFile.io_ok := TRUE;
    exception
      catch RANGE_ERROR:
        aFile.io_ok := FALSE;
    end block;
  end func;

The next declaration defines 'backSpace':

const proc: backSpace (ref external_file: aFile) is func
  begin
    write(aFile, "\b \b");
  end func;

8.4 Simple read and write statements

The simple input/output for the standard I/O-files are 'read' and 'write' which are defined with enable_io. Simple I/O may look like:

write("Amount? ");
read(amount);

'read' and 'write' use the files IN and OUT, which are described in the next chapter. Here is the definition of the 'read' and 'write' procedures done with enable_io:

const proc: read (inout aType: aValue) is func
  begin
    read(IN, aValue);
  end func;

const proc: readln (inout aType: aValue) is func
  begin
    readln(IN, aValue);
  end func;

const proc: write (in aType: aValue) is func
  begin
    write(OUT, aValue);
  end func;

const proc: writeln (in aType: aValue) is func
  begin
    writeln(OUT, aValue);
  end func;

Additional procedures defined outside of enable_io are:

const proc: readln is func
  local
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    stri := getln(IN);
    IN.io_empty := stri = "";
    IN.io_ok := TRUE;
  end func;

const proc: writeln is func
  begin
    writeln(OUT);
  end func;

As an example when you call

readln(number);

the readln(integer) procedure calls

readln(IN, number);

if the file IN has not redefined readln(IN, integer) this procedure calls

stri := getln(IN);

and 'getln' may call gets(IN, 1) in a loop or may be defined for the file IN. Finally the parse function converts the string read into an integer and assigns it to 'number'

number := integer parse stri;

8.5 Standard input and output files

The standard I/O files are IN for input and OUT for output. IN and OUT are file variables, which are defined as follows:

var file: IN is STD_IN;
var file: OUT is STD_OUT;

The files STD_IN and STD_OUT are the standard input and output files of the operating system (Usually the keyboard and the screen). Because IN and OUT are variables redirection of standard input or standard output can be done easily by assigning a new value to them:

IN := OTHER_FILE;

After that all 'read' statements refer to OTHER_FILE. Most operating systems have also a stderr file which can be accessed via the name STD_ERR. If you want to write error messages to the screen even when stdout is redirected elsewhere you can write:

writeln(STD_ERR, "ERROR MESSAGE");

To redirect the standard output to STD_ERR you can write:

OUT := STD_ERR;

There is also a file STD_NULL defined. Anything written to it is ignored. Reading from it does deliver empty strings. This file can be used to initialize file variables as in:

var file: MY_FILE is STD_NULL;

It is also used to represent an illegal file value, when for example an attempt to open a file fails.

8.6 Access to operating system files

The interface type file is also used to access operating system files. Usually a file variable is defined

var file: my_out is STD_NULL;

and the result of the open function is assigned to this file variable

my_out := open("my_file", "w");

The first parameter of open is the path of the file to be opened. The path must use the standard path representation. This means that a slash ('/') is used as path delimiter. A path with a backslash or a drive letter may raise the exception RANGE_ERROR. The second parameter of open specifies the mode:

Binary mode:
"r" ... Open file for reading.
"w" ... Truncate to zero length or create file for writing.
"a" ... Append; open or create file for writing at end-of-file.
"r+" ... Open file for update (reading and writing).
"w+" ... Truncate to zero length or create file for update.
"a+" ... Append; open or create file for update, writing at end-of-file.
Text mode:
"rt" ... Open file for reading.
"wt" ... Truncate to zero length or create file for writing.
"at" ... Append; open or create file for writing at end-of-file.
"rt+" ... Open file for update (reading and writing).
"wt+" ... Truncate to zero length or create file for update.
"at+" ... Append; open or create file for update, writing at end-of-file.

Note that Seed7 defines the modes "r", "w", "a", "r+", "w+" and "a+" as binary modes. When open is called, with a mode not listed in the table above, the exception RANGE_ERROR is raised. When there is not enough memory to convert 'path' to the system path type the exception MEMORY_ERROR is raised. When open fails for other reasons it returns STD_NULL. E.g.: It is not allowed to open a directory. An attempt to open a directory returns STD_NULL. It is recommended to check the file variable after opening a file:

if my_out <> STD_NULL then

After that output to 'my_out' is possible with

writeln(my_out, "hi there");

When processing of a file is finished it should be closed

close(my_out);

Writing to a file after it has been closed results in the exception FILE_ERROR. The following program writes "hi there" to the file "my_file":

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  local
    var file: my_out is STD_NULL;
  begin
    my_out := open("my_file", "w");
    if my_out <> STD_NULL then
      writeln(my_out, "hi there");
      close(my_out);
    end if;
  end func;

Note that open opens BYTE files. Writing a character with an ordinal >= 256 such as

writeln(my_out, "illegal char: \256\");

results in the exception RANGE_ERROR. To write Unicode characters other file types must be used. The libraries "utf8.s7i" and "utf16.s7i" provide access to UTF-8 and UTF-16 files. The function openUtf8 can be used the same way as open:

my_out := openUtf8("utf8_file", "w");

An UTF-8 file accepts all Unicode characters. That way

writeln(my_out, "Unicode char: \256\");

works without problems. UTF-8 files are byte order independent. Therefore they do not need a byte order mark (BOM). In case a BOM is required it can be written by the user program:

my_out := openUtf8("utf8_file", "w");
write("\16#FEFF\");

The following example expects a mandatory BOM at the beginning of an UTF-8 file:

my_out := openUtf8("utf8_file", "r");
if getc(my_file) <> '\16#FEFF\' then
  writeln("The BOM is missing"");
else
  ...
end if;

Accepting an optional BOM at the beginning of an UTF-8 file is done with:

my_out := openUtf8("utf8_file", "r");
if getc(my_file) <> '\16#FEFF\' then
  # This is a file without BOM (the first character will be read later).
  seek(my_file, 1);
end if;
...

UTF-16 comes in two flavors UTF-16LE and UTF-16BE. To support both flavors the "utf16.s7i" library defines several functions.

The function openUtf16 opens an Unicode file which uses the UTF-16LE or UTF-16BE encoding. The function openUtf16 checks for a BOM and depending on that it opens an UTF-16LE or UTF-16BE file.

The functions openUtf16le and openUtf16be open Unicode files with the UTF-16LE and UTF-16BE encoding respectively. When the file is opened with one of the modes "w", "w+", "wt" or "wt+" an appropriate BOM is created. When the file is opened with any other mode the application program is in charge to handle optional BOM markers. This way openUtf16le and openUtf16be can be used to open existing files without BOM.

External BYTE files use the implementation type external_file. The type external_file is defined as:

const type: external_file is sub null_file struct
    var clib_file: ext_file is PRIMITIVE_null_file;
    var string: name is "";
  end struct;

This means that every data item of the type external_file has the elements from null_file and additionally the elements 'ext_file' and 'name'. The type clib_file points directly to an operating system file. Objects of type clib_file can only have operating system files as values while objects of type file can also have other files as values. To allow the implementation of the type external_file several operations for the type clib_file are defined. But outside external_file the type clib_file and its operations should not be used.

There are three predefined external files STD_IN, STD_OUT and STD_ERR which have the following declarations:

const func external_file: INIT_STD_FILE (ref clib_file: primitive_file,
    in string: file_name) is func
  result
    var external_file: standardFile is external_file.value;
  begin
    standardFile.ext_file := primitive_file;
    standardFile.name := file_name;
  end func;

var external_file: STD_IN is  INIT_STD_FILE(PRIMITIVE_INPUT,  "STD_IN");
var external_file: STD_OUT is INIT_STD_FILE(PRIMITIVE_OUTPUT, "STD_OUT");
var external_file: STD_ERR is INIT_STD_FILE(PRIMITIVE_ERROR,  "STD_ERR");

It is possible to do I/O directly with them, but it is more wisely to use them only to initialize user defined file variables as in:

var file: err is STD_ERR;

In the rest of the program references to such a variable can be used:

writeln(err, "Some error occurred");

In this case redirection of the file 'err' can be done very easy. Another way to access external files is to use the function open. The modes used by open differ from those used by the 'fopen' function in the C library. The following table compares the file modes of Seed7 and C:

Seed7 'open' mode C 'fopen' mode
"r" "rb"
"w" "wb"
"a" "ab"
"r+" "rb+"
"w+" "wb+"
"a+" "ab+"
"rt" "r"
"wt" "w"
"at" "a"
"rt+" "r+"
"wt+" "w+"
"at+" "a+"

The difference between binary and text mode is as follows:

The library "utf8.s7i" defines the implementation type utf8_file as

const type: utf8_file is sub external_file struct
  end struct;

8.7 Keyboard file

As stated earlier STD_IN provides an interface to the keyboard which is line buffered and echoed on STD_OUT. This means that you can see everything you typed. Additionally you can correct your input with BACKSPACE until you press RETURN. But sometimes an unbuffered and unechoed input is needed. This is provided in the library "keybd.s7i", which defines the type keyboard_file and the file KEYBOARD. Characters typed at the keyboard are queued (first in first out) and can be read directly from KEYBOARD without any possibility to correct. Additionally KEYBOARD does not echo the characters. Reading from KEYBOARD delivers normal Unicode characters or special codes (which may be or may not be Unicode characters) for function and cursor keys. Unicode characters and special codes both are char values. The library "keybd.s7i" defines char constants for various keys:

Key character constant Description
KEY_CTL_A to KEY_CTL_Z The control keys ctrl-a to ctrl-z
KEY_ALT_A to KEY_ALT_Z The alternate keys alt-a to alt-z
KEY_ALT_0 to KEY_ALT_9 The alternate keys alt-0 to alt-9
KEY_F1 to KEY_F10 Function keys F1 to F10
KEY_SFT_F1 to KEY_SFT_F10 Shifted function keys F1 to F10
KEY_CTL_F1 to KEY_CTL_F10 Control function keys F1 to F10
KEY_ALT_F1 to KEY_ALT_F10 Alternate function keys F1 to F10
KEY_BS Backspace (equal to KEY_CTL_H)
KEY_TAB Horizontal Tab (equal to KEY_CTL_H)
KEY_NL Newline/enter/return key (equal to KEY_CTL_J)
KEY_CR Carriage return (equal to KEY_CTL_M)
KEY_ESC Escape key
KEY_NULCHAR Nul character key
KEY_BACKTAB Horizontal back tab
KEY_LEFT Cursor left
KEY_RIGHT Cursor right
KEY_UP Cursor up
KEY_DOWN Cursor down
KEY_HOME Home key
KEY_END End key
KEY_PGUP Page up
KEY_PGDN Page down
KEY_INS Insert key
KEY_DEL Delete key
KEY_PAD_CENTER Numeric keypad center key
KEY_CTL_LEFT Control cursor left
KEY_CTL_RIGHT Control cursor right
KEY_CTL_UP Control cursor up
KEY_CTL_DOWN Control cursor down
KEY_CTL_HOME Control home key
KEY_CTL_END Control end key
KEY_CTL_PGUP Control page up
KEY_CTL_PGDN Control page down
KEY_CTL_INS Control insert key
KEY_CTL_DEL Control delete key
KEY_SCRLUP Scroll up key
KEY_SCRLDN Scroll down key
KEY_INSLN Insert line key
KEY_DELLN Delete line key
KEY_ERASE Erase key
KEY_CTL_NL Control newline/enter/return key
KEY_NULLCMD Null command of window manager
KEY_REDRAW Redraw command of window manager
KEY_NEWWINDOW New window command of window manager
KEY_MOUSE1 Mouse key 1 (counted from left)
KEY_MOUSE2 Mouse key 2 (counted from left)
KEY_MOUSE3 Mouse key 3 (counted from left)
KEY_MOUSE4 Mouse key 4 (counted from left)
KEY_MOUSE5 Mouse key 5 (counted from left)
KEY_UNDEF Undefined key
KEY_NONE No key pressed (returned by busy_getc)

The following example uses the char constant KEY_UP:

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";
  include "keybd.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  begin
    writeln("Please press cursor up");
    while getc(KEYBOARD) <> KEY_UP do
      writeln("This was not cursor up");
    end while;
    writeln("Cursor up was pressed");
  end func;

Programs should use the char constants defined in "keybd.s7i" to deal with function and cursor keys, since the special key codes may change in future versions of Seed7.

Additionally to the operations possible with a file there are two functions that are applicable only to files of type keyboard_file:

Note that keypressed does not actually read a character. Reading must be done with a different function after keypressed returns TRUE. Both functions (busy_getc and keypressed) are useful when user input is allowed while some processing takes place. The following program uses busy_getc(KEYBOARD) to display the time until a key is pressed:

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";
  include "time.s7i";
  include "keybd.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  begin
    writeln;
    while busy_getc(KEYBOARD) = KEY_NONE do
      write(time(NOW) <& "\r");
      flush(OUT);
    end while;
    writeln;
    writeln;
  end func;

Seed7 programs can run in two modes:

This two modes are supported with two basic keyboard files:

The file KEYBOARD is actually a variable which refers to one of the two basic keyboard files. The declaration of the type keyboard_file and the file KEYBOARD in "keybd.s7i" is:

const type: keyboard_file is subtype file;

var keyboard_file: KEYBOARD is CONSOLE_KEYBOARD;

Graphic programs switch to to the GRAPH_KEYBOARD driver with:

KEYBOARD := GRAPH_KEYBOARD;

Some file types are defined to support the KEYBOARD. One such file type is echo_file, which is defined in the library "echo.s7i". An echo_file file can be used to write input characters to an output file. This is useful since KEYBOARD does not echo its input, but echo_file is not restricted to support KEYBOARD. The following program writes echoes of the keys typed and exits as soon as a '!' is encountered:

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";
  include "keybd.s7i";
  include "echo.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  local
    var char: ch is ' ';
  begin
    IN := openEcho(KEYBOARD, OUT);
    repeat
      ch := getc(IN);
    until ch = '!';
    writeln;
  end func;

An echo_file checks also for control-C (KEY_CTL_C). When control-C is typed an echo_file asks if the program should be terminated:

terminate (y/n)?

Answering 'y' or 'Y' is interpreted as 'yes' and the program is terminated with the following message:

*** PROGRAM TERMINATED BY USER

Any other input removes the question and the program continues to read input.

Another helpful file type is line_file, which is defined in the library "line.s7i". A line_file allows to correct the input with BACKSPACE until a RETURN (represented with '\n') is encountered. In contrast to this editing feature the possibility to edit a line of STD_IN is provided by the operating system. The following program uses echo_file and line_file to simulate input line editing:

$ include "seed7_05.s7i";
  include "keybd.s7i";
  include "echo.s7i";
  include "line.s7i";

const proc: main is func
  local
    var char: ch is ' ';
  begin
    IN := openEcho(KEYBOARD, OUT);
    IN := openLine(IN);
    repeat
      ch := getc(IN);
      write(ch);
    until ch = '!';
  end func;

This program terminates when a line containing '!' is confirmed with RETURN.

8.8 Files with line structure

The library "text.s7i" defines the type text, which is a subtype of file. The type text adds a line structure and other features such as scrolling and color to file. The lines and columns of a text start with 1 in the upper left corner and increase downward and rightward. The function setPos sets the current line and column of a text:

setPos(aText, 10, 20);

The functions setLine and setColumn set just the line and column respectively:

setLine(aText, 2);
setColumn(aText, 72);

The current line and column of a text file can be retrieved with line and column:

writeln("The curent line is: " <& line(aText));
writeln("The curent column is: " <& column(aText));

The current height and width of a text file can be retrieved with height and width:

writeln("The height is: " <& height(aText));
writeln("The width is: " <& width(aText));

To allow random access output to a text console (or text window) the library "console.s7i" defines the type console_file. The function

open(CONSOLE)

returns a console_file.

8.9 Sockets

The library "socket.s7i" defines types and functions to access sockets. The implementation type for sockets is socket. As interface type file is used:

var file: clientSocket is STD_NULL;

With openInetSocket an Internet client socket can be opened:

clientSocket := openInetSocket("www.google.com", 80);

The function openInetSocket creates and connects a socket. Opening an Internet socket at the local host is also done with a variant of openInetSocket:

clientSocket := openInetSocket(1080);

Since sockets use the file interface functions like writeln and getln can be used:

sock := openInetSocket(serverName, 80);
if sock <> STD_NULL then
  writeln(sock, "GET " <& address <& " HTTP/1.1");
  writeln(sock, "Host: " <& hostname);
  writeln(sock, "User-Agent: BlackHole");
  writeln(sock);
  line := getln(sock);
  if startsWith(line, "HTTP") then
    statusInfo := trim(line[pos(line, " ") ..]);
    statusCode := statusInfo[.. pred(pos(statusInfo, " "))];
  end if;
end if;

The example above sends a HTTP request to a server and gets the status code from the response. The example above consists of code from the library "gethttp.s7i".

Server sockets are supported with the type listener. A listener is defined with:

var listener: myListener is listener.value;

The library "listener.s7i" defines the function openInetListener, which opens a listener:

aListener := openInetListener(1080);

The function listen is used to listen for incoming socket connections of a listener, and to limit the incoming queue:

listen(aListener, 10);

The function accept returns the first connected socked of the listener:

serverSocket := accept(aListener);

Together the functions above can be use to process requests without sessions:

aListener := openInetListener(1080);
listen(aListener, 10);
while TRUE do
  sock := accept(aListener);
  # Read and process the request from sock.
  close(sock);
end while;

A similar loop is used in the comanche webserver (see main function). The function waitForRequest can be used to process requests with session:

aListener := openInetListener(2021);
listen(aListener, 10);
while TRUE do
  waitForRequest(aListener, existingConnection, newConnection);
  if existingConnection <> STD_NULL then
    # Read and process the request from existingConnection.
  end if;
  if newConnection <> STD_NULL then
    # Send welcome message to newConnection.
  end if;
end while;

Similar code is used in the program "ftpserv.sd7". The implementation of waitForRequest is based on pollData, which is defined in "poll.s7i".

8.10 User defined file types

In addition to the predefined file types it is often necessary to define a new type of file. Such a new file has several possibilities:

With the following declaration we define a new file type:

const type: my_file_type is sub null_file struct
    ...
    (* Local data *)
    ...
  end struct;

It is not necessary to derive the type my_file_type directly from null_file. The type my_file_type may also be an indirect descendant of null_file. So it is possible to create file type hierarchies. The interface implemented by the new file needs also to be specified:

type_implements_interface(my_file_type, file);

The type file is not the only interface type which can be used. There is also the type text which is derived from file. The type text describes a line oriented file which allows setPos (which moves the current position to the line and column specified) and other functions. It is also possible to define new interface types which derive from file or text.

As next an open function is needed to open a my_file_type file:

const func file: open_my_file (  (* Parameters *) ) is func
  result
    var file: newFile is STD_NULL;
  local
    var my_file_type: new_file is my_file_type.value;
  begin
    ...
    (* Initialization of the data elements of new_file *)
    newFile := toInterface(new_file);
    ...
  end func;

Note that the function 'toInterface' is used to generate a new file object. Now only the two basic I/O operations must be defined:

const proc: write (inout my_file_type: new_fil, in string: stri) is func
  begin
    ...
    (* Statements that do the output *)
    ...
  end func;

const proc: gets (inout my_file_type: new_fil, in integer: leng) is func
  result
    var string: stri is "";
  begin
    ...
    (* Statements that do the input *)
    ...
  end func;

8.11 Scanning a file

The I/O concept introduced in the previous chapters separates the input of data from its conversion. The read, readln, getwd and getln functions are designed to read whitespace separated data elements. When the data elements are not separated by whitespace characters this I/O concept is not possible. Instead the functions which read from the file need some knowledge about the type which they intend to read. Fortunately this is a well researched area. The lexical scanners used by compilers solve exactly this problem.

Lexical scanners read symbols from a file and use the concept of a current character. A symbol can be a name, a number, a string, an operator, a parenthesis or something else. The current character is the first character to be processed when scanning a symbol. After a scanner has read a symbol the current character contains the character just after the symbol. This character could be the first character of the next symbol or some whitespace character. If the set of symbols is chosen wisely all decisions about the type of the symbol and when to stop reading characters for a symbol can be done based on the current character.

Every file contains a 'bufferChar' variable which is used as current character by the scanner functions defined in the "scanfile.s7i" library. The "scanfile.s7i" library contains skip... and get... functions. The skip... procedures return void and are used to skip input while the get... functions return the string of characters they have read. The following basic scanner functions are defined in the "scanfile.s7i" library:

skipComment
Skips a possibly nested comment from a file.
getComment
Reads a possibly nested comment from a file.
skipLineComment
Skips a line comment from a file.
getLineComment
Reads a line comment from a file.
getDigits
Reads a sequence of digits from a file.
getNumber
Reads a numeric literal from a file.
getNonDigits
Reads a sequence of non digits from a file.
getQuotedText
Reads a text quoted with " or ' from a file.
getCharLiteral
Reads a character literal from a file.
getStringLiteral
Reads a string literal from a file.
getName
Reads an alphanumeric name from a file.

Contrary to read and getwd basic scanner functions do not skip leading whitespace characters. To skip whitespace characters one of the following functions can be used:

skipSpace
Skips space characters from a file.
skipWhiteSpace
Skips whitespace characters from a file.
getWhiteSpace
Reads whitespace characters from a file.
getWord
Reads a white space delimited word from a file.
skipLine
Skips a line from a file.
getLine
Reads a line from a file.

The advanced scanner functions do skip whitespace characters before reading a symbol:

getSymbolOrComment
Reads a symbol or a comment from a file.
getSymbol
Reads a symbol from a file.
getSymbolWithHtmlEntities
Reads a symbol, where html entities are allowed, from a file.
getHtmlTagSymbolOrComment
Reads a HTML tag, a symbol or a comment from a file.
skipXmlComment
Skips a XML comment from a file.
getXmlTagOrContent
Reads a XML/HTML tag or the XML/HTML content text from a file.
getXmlCharacterReference
Reads a predefined XML entity from a file.
getXmlTagHeadOrContent
Reads a XML/HTML tag head or a XML/HTML content from a file.
getSymbolInXmlTag
Reads a symbol which can appear inside a XML/HTML tag from a file.
getNextXmlAttribute
Reads name and value of an attribute inside a XML tag from file.
getHtmlAttributeValue
Reads a HTML tag attribute value from a file.
getNextHtmlAttribute
Reads name and value of an attribute inside a HTML tag from a file.
getSimpleSymbol
Reads a simple symbol from a file.

All scanner functions assume that the first character to be processed is in 'bufferChar' and after they are finished the next character which should be processed is also in 'bufferChar'. To use scanner functions for a new opened file it is necessary to assign the first character to the 'bufferChar' with:

myFile.bufferChar := getc(myFile);

In most cases whole files are either processed with normal I/O functions or with scanner functions. When normal I/O functions need to be combined with scanner functions care has to be taken:

Scanner functions are helpful when it is necessary to read numeric input without failing when no digits are present:

skipWhiteSpace(IN);
if eoln(IN) then
  writeln("empty input");
elsif IN.bufferChar in {'0' .. '9'} then
  number := integer parse getDigits(IN);
  skipLine(IN);
  writeln("number " <& number);
else
  stri := getLine(IN);
  writeln("command " <& literal(stri));
end if;

The function getSymbol is designed to read Seed7 symbols. When the end of the file is reached it returns "". With getSymbol name-value pairs can be read:

name := getSymbol(inFile);
while name <> "" do
  if name <> "#" and getSymbol(inFile) = nt color=maroon>"="/font> then
    aValue = getSymbol(inFile);
    if aValue <> "" then
      if aValue[1] = '"' then
        keyValueHash @:= [name] aValue[2 ..];
      elsif aValue[1] in {'0' .. '9'} then
        keyValueHash @:= [name] aValue;
      end if;
    end if;
  end if;
end while;

The following loop can be used to process the symbols of a Seed7 program:

inFile.bufferChar := getc(inFile);
currSymbol := getSymbol(inFile);
while currSymbol <> "" do
  ... process currSymbol ...
  currSymbol := getSymbol(inFile);
end while;

Whitespace and comments are automatically skipped with the function getSymbol. When comments should also be returned the function getSymbolOrComment can be used. Together with the function getWhiteSpace it is even possible to get the whitespace between the symbols:

const func string: processFile (in string: fileName) is func
  result
    var string: processed is "";
  local
    var file: inFile is STD_NULL;
    var string: currSymbol is "";
  begin
    inFile := open(fileName, "r");
    if inFile <> STD_NULL then
      inFile.bufferChar := getc(inFile);
      processed := getWhiteSpace(inFile);
      currSymbol := getSymbolOrComment(inFile);
      while currSymbol <> "" do
        processed &:= currSymbol;
        processed &:= getWhiteSpace(inFile);
        currSymbol := getSymbolOrComment(inFile);
      end while;
    end if;
  end func;

In the example above the function 'processFile' gathers all symbols, whitespace and comments in the string it returns. The string returned by 'processFile' is equivalent to the one returned by the function 'getf'. That way it is easy to test the scanner functionality.

The logic with getWhiteSpace and getSymbolOrComment can be used to add HTML tags to comments and literals. The following function colors comments with green, string and char literals with maroon and numeric literals with purple:

const proc: sourceToHtml (inout file: inFile, inout file: outFile) is func
  local
    var string: currSymbol is "";
  begin
    inFile.bufferChar := getc(inFile);
    write(outFile, "<pre>\n");
    write(outFile, getWhiteSpace(inFile));
    currSymbol := getSymbolOrComment(inFile);
    while currSymbol <> "" do
      currSymbol := replace(currSymbol, "&", "&amp;");
      currSymbol := replace(currSymbol, "<", "&lt;");
      if currSymbol[1] in {'"', '''} then
        write(outFile, "<font color=\"maroon\">");
        write(outFile, currSymbol);
        write(outFile, "</font>");
      elsif currSymbol[1] = '#' or startsWith(currSymbol, "(*") then
        write(outFile, "<font color=\"green\">");
        write(outFile, currSymbol);
        write(outFile, "</font>");
      elsif currSymbol[1] in digit_char then
        write(outFile, "<font color=\"purple\">");
        write(outFile, currSymbol);
        write(outFile, "</font>");
      else
        write(outFile, currSymbol);
      end if;
      write(outFile, getWhiteSpace(inFile));
      currSymbol := getSymbolOrComment(inFile);
    end while;
    write(outFile, "</pre>\n");
  end func;

The functions skipSpace and skipWhiteSpace are defined in the "scanfile.s7i" library as follows:

const proc: skipSpace (inout file: inFile) is func
  local
    var char: ch is ' ';
  begin
    ch := inFile.bufferChar;
    while ch = ' ' do
      ch := getc(inFile);
    end while;
    inFile.bufferChar := ch;
  end func;

const proc: skipWhiteSpace (inout file: inFile) is func
  begin
    while inFile.bufferChar in white_space_char do
      inFile.bufferChar := getc(inFile);
    end while;
  end func;

The functions skipComment and skipLineComment, which can be used to skip Seed7 comments, are defined as follows:

const proc: skipComment (inout file: inFile) is func
  local
    var char: character is ' ';
  begin
    character := getc(inFile);
    repeat
      repeat
        while character not in special_comment_char do
          character := getc(inFile);
        end while;
        if character = '(' then
          character := getc(inFile);
          if character = '*' then
            skipComment(inFile);
            character := getc(inFile);
          end if;
        end if;
      until character = '*' or character = EOF;
      if character <> EOF then
        character := getc(inFile);
      end if;
    until character = ')' or character = EOF;
    if character = EOF then
      inFile.bufferChar := EOF;
    else
      inFile.bufferChar := getc(inFile);
    end if;
  end func; # skipComment

const proc: skipLineComment (inout file: inFile) is func
  local
    var char: character is ' ';
  begin
    repeat
      character := getc(inFile);
    until character = '\n' or character = EOF;
    inFile.bufferChar := character;
  end func; # skipLineComment

9. STRUCTURED SYNTAX DEFINITION

Most programming languages have only predefined constructs like statements and operators. Seed7, on the other hand, additionally allows user defined constructs. This chapter introduces the Seed7 Structured Syntax Description (S7SSD) which is used to define the syntax of new constructs. The syntax of predefined constructs is also defined with S7SSD.

The syntax descriptions used in manuals of conventional programming languages have no relationship to the approach used by the syntax analysis of the corresponding interpreters/compilers. S7SSD is a simple syntax description that can be used by humans and compilers/interpreters. Although compiler-compilers follow the path of machine readable syntax descriptions, they use much more complicated syntax and semantic descriptions and do not allow users of the language to define new constructs.

There are different existing notations to specify the syntax of programming languages. Backus-Naur Form (BNF) and its variants like Extended Backus-Naur Form (EBNF) are examples of such syntax specifications. Since it is easier to understand new concepts when they are compared to well known concepts, EBNF will be used as a base to explain S7SSD.

9.1 The Extended Backus-Naur Form

As the name says the Extended Backus-Naur Form is an extension of BNF. The extension allows the definition of repetitions and optional parts without the use of recursion. EBNF has the following elements:

The syntax of the extended Backus-Naur form can be described in extended Backus-Naur form:

syntax_description ::=
{ ebnf_statement } .

ebnf_statement ::=
identifier '::=' ebnf_expression '.' .

ebnf_expression ::=
term { '|' term } .

term ::=
factor { factor } .

factor ::=
identifier | string | control_character_description |
'(' ebnf_expression ')' | '[' ebnf_expression ']' |
'{' ebnf_expression '}' .

9.2 The syntax of a statement

To explain the Seed7 Structured Syntax Description we design a new statement, the loop-statement. The loop-statement should be similar to while- and repeat-loops but instead of having the conditional exit at the beginning or at the end, it should have a conditional exit in the middle of the loop. This middle conditional exit should be part of the loop-statement. Note that the break-statement, which exists in some programming languages, is a statement on its own and is not part of the loop which it leaves. Therefore the middle conditional exit should not be confused with a break-statement. An example of the new loop-statement is:

loop
  ch := getc(inFile);
until ch = '\n' do
  stri &:= str(ch);
end loop;

The 'loop' example above reads characters from a file and concatenates them to a string until the character '\n' is read. The '\n' ends the loop. Hence it is not added to the string. An equivalent solution without the usage of the loop-statement would be:

repeat
  ch := getc(inFile);
  if ch <> '\n' then
    stri &:= str(ch);
  end if;
until ch = '\n';

The S7SSD of the loop-statement is:

$ syntax expr: .loop.().until.().do.().end.loop   is -> 25;

The details of the S7SSD 'syntax' definition will be explained later. For now we concentrate at the heart of the S7SSD, the expression:

.loop.().until.().do.().end.loop

For the purpose of the syntax description we can just remove the dots, which gives:

 loop () until () do () end loop

This are the keywords used in a loop-statement. The symbol () acts as placeholder for an expression. With EBNF the loop-statement can be described as:

loop_statement ::=
'loop'
  statement
'until' expression 'do'
  statement
'end' 'loop' .

An EBNF description may use many nonterminal symbols such as 'statement' or 'expression'. S7SSD does not distinguish between different nonterminal symbols. Instead S7SSD only knows one nonterminal symbol: ()

Therefore S7SSD cannot distinguish between 'statement', 'expression' or something else. At the syntax level any kind of expression can by substituted for a S7SSD nonterminal symbol (). With EBNF it is possible to describe constraints such as the type of an expression. S7SSD relies on semantic checks to verify such constraints. Given the S7SSD of the loop-statement an expression like

loop
  "X"
until 1+2 do
  integer
end loop

would be legal as it contains the required keywords

loop  until  do  end  loop

and the expressions

"X"  1+2  integer

at the places of the () symbols. This is exactly what the syntax definition specifies, but it would be not be considered correct given the description of the loop-statement at the beginning of the chapter. To determine which types of expressions are allowed at the places of the () symbol, a semantic definition of the loop-statement is necessary. A semantic definition is just a function definition which uses the keywords and parameters from the syntax definition. The definition of the 'loop' function (semantic definition of the loop-statement) is:

const proc: loop
              (in proc: statements1)
            until (ref func boolean: condition) do
              (in proc: statements2)
            end loop is func
  local
    var boolean: exitLoop is FALSE;
  begin
    repeat
      statements1;
      if not condition then
        statements2;
      else
        exitLoop := TRUE;
      end if;
    until exitLoop;
  end func;

This definition determines the types of the expressions accepted between the keywords. Besides that the semantic definition of the loop-statement is just a normal function definition. Note that the sequence of keywords and parameters in the header of this function definition is determined by the corresponding syntax definition.

The parameters 'statements1', 'condition' and 'statements2' are call-by-name parameters. A call-by-name parameter is a function without parameters. Function types such as proc or func boolean are used as type of formal call-by-name parameters. An expression with the correct type is allowed as actual call-by-name parameter. This actual parameter expression is not evaluated when the function is called. Instead the expression is evaluated every time the formal call-by-name parameter is used. This way 'statements1', 'condition' and 'statements2' are not executed when the 'loop' function is called. Inside the body of the 'loop' function the call-by-name parameters are executed at some places.

The 'loop' function uses a repeat- and an if-statement to implement the desired behavior. When necessary the call-by-name parameters are executed several times.

For the 'loop' example with the semantic errors (see above) we would get an error message like:

*** chkloop.sd7(35):51: Match for {loop "X" until {1 + 2 } do integer end loop } failed

9.3 Priority and associativity

When a syntax construct has parameters before the first symbol or after the last symbol the priority and the associativity of the construct are significant. Constructs with stronger priority bind their parameters earlier than constructs with weaker priority. The priority is described by a natural number (inclusive 0). The strongest priority is 0. Weaker priorities are described by larger numbers. What bind means is can be explained with an example:

                                      =
    A = B + C * D                    / \
                                    A   +
    * priority  6                      / \
    + priority  7                     B   *
    = priority 12                        / \
                                        C   D

The * operator has the strongest priority (6) of all operators involved. Therefore the * takes its parameters first. Then the + (with priority 7) and at last the = (with priority 12) follows. This leads to the the following interpretation of the expression:

A = (B + (C * D))

The associativity describes, in which order constructs with equal priority bind their parameters. For example

A - B - C

can be interpreted in two ways:

(A - B) - C    or   A - (B - C)

The first interpretation is usually preferred by mathematicians and is described with the associativity -> . Generally four associativities are possible:

Associativity Symbol
Binding from left to right ->
Binding from right to left <-
Neither the left nor the right parameter are allowed to have the same priority <->
At the left side there is a binding from left to right and at the right side there is a binding from right to left -><-

The last two possibilities give no legal interpretation in the subtraction example. The third kind of associativity ( <-> ) is used by the equal operator ( = ) of Pascal because there an expression like

A = B = C

is not legal.

There is a second way to describe the associativity. The associativity describes, if an operand must have a stronger priority than the priority of the operator. For example:

                             -                     7
    A - B - C              /   \                 /   \
                          /     \           <=7 /     \ <7
    - priority 7 ->      /       \             /       \
                        -         C           7         0
                      /   \                 /   \
                     /     \           <=7 /     \ <7
                    /       \             /       \
                   A         B           0         0

The numbers in the nodes of the right tree show the priority of each sub expression (sub tree). With < and <= the required condition for the priority of an operand is described. An interpretation is legal if all this conditions are met. If there are more than one legal interpretations or no legal interpretation the expression is illegal.

Table for the possibilities of associativity:

associativity The priority of the
left operand must be right operand must be
-> <= <
<- < <=
<-> < <
-><- <= <=
  than that of the operator

The parameter before the operator symbol is called left operand. The parameter after the last symbol of a construct is called right operand. In case of normal operators the last symbol of a construct and the operator symbol are identical. If this is not the case there is a third kind of operand. Between the operator symbol and the last symbol of a construct are the middle operands. Middle operands can have any priority.

9.4 The syntax of operators

A syntax definition specifies the way a usage of a statement or operator must be written. For example a call of the not operator looks like:

not okay

To describe the syntax of the not operator we write:

$ syntax expr: .not.() is <- 13;

This means that a not expression is constructed with the symbol not followed by a parameter. The place of the parameter is marked with the () sign. The syntax description contains no information about the types of the parameters. At the syntax level a parameter may be anything. With <- the associativity of the not operator is specified as right associative. This means that the right operand is allowed to have the same priority as the operator symbol. So the expression

not not okay

is legal and means

not (not okay)

When the associativity of the not operator is specified with -> instead of <- the 'not not' expression above is not legal. With 13 the priority of the whole not operator is determined. As convention priorities from 1 to 20 are used by operators and priority 25 is used by statements. Arithmetic operators have priorities from 1 to 11 and comparisons have priority 12.

To define the not operator completely there must be also a semantic definition which is as follows:

const func boolean: not (in boolean: aBool) is func
  result
    var boolean: negation is TRUE;
  begin
    if aBool then
      negation := FALSE;
    end if;
  end func;

In the declaration the not operator is written exactly in the same way it is written when it is called. The syntax definition is used at both places: declaration and call. The syntax and semantic declarations define precisely how the not operator works.

As next example we try an infix operator like the and operator. A call of the and operator may look like:

okay and not error

To describe the syntax of the and operator we write:

$ syntax expr: .().and.() is    -> 14;

This means that an and expression is constructed with the symbol and surrounded by parameters. The -> defines the and operator as left associative. This means that an expression like

A and B and C

is interpreted as

(A and B) and C

With 14 the priority of the whole and operator is determined. Since priority 14 is weaker than the priority of the not operator which is 13 the example expression is evaluated as:

okay and (not error)

Note that the expression

okay and not error

makes no sense when the and operator has priority 12 instead of 14.

S7SSD treats everything as operator description. Operators have priority and associativity. The priority and associativity determine in which succession S7SSD syntax rules get applied. To explain priority and associativity we use the basic arithmetic operations (+,-,*,/). To describe them with EBNF we can write:

factor ::=
number | name .
expression_5 ::=
factor | ( '+' expression_5 ) |
( '-' expression_5 ) .
expression_6 ::=
expression_5 |
( expression_6 '*' expression_7 ) |
( expression_6 '/' expression_7 ) .
expression_7 ::=
expression_6 |
( expression_7 '+' expression_6 ) |
( expression_7 '-' expression_6 ) .

This describes the following things:

All this things can also be described with S7SSD:

$ syntax expr: . + .()      is <-  5;
$ syntax expr: . - .()      is <-  5;
$ syntax expr: .(). * .()   is  -> 6;
$ syntax expr: .(). / .()   is  -> 6;
$ syntax expr: .(). + .()   is  -> 7;
$ syntax expr: .(). - .()   is  -> 7;

As we can see S7SSD is shorter as the description with EBNF. A syntax statement is explained as follows:

9.5 Syntax of predefined statements

Predefined statements can also be defined with S7SSD. E.g.: The while-statement. A use of the while-statement is:

while element_index > 0 and okay do
  processElement;
  write(".");
end while;

To describe the syntax of the while-statement we write:

$ syntax expr: .while.().do.().end.while is -> 25;

This means that the while-statement is an expression with the symbols 'while', 'do', 'end' and 'while'. With -> the associativity of the while-statement is specified as left associative. The associativity has no meaning for the while-statement since there is no parameter before the first symbol or after the last symbol. The priority of the whole while-statement is 25.

The semantic definition of the while-statement is as follows:

const proc: while (ref func boolean: condition) do
    (ref proc: statement) end while is func
  begin
    if condition then
      statement;
      while condition do
        statement;
      end while;
    end if;
  end func;

The syntax definition is used for the declaration and for the call. This declaration defines precisely how the while-statement works. It is based on the if-statement and uses recursion to emulate the repetition of the loop body. Another example for a syntax description is the repeat-statement

repeat
  processElement;
  write(".");
until element_index = 0 or not okay;

which has the following syntax description:

$ syntax expr: .repeat.().until.() is -> 25;

This means that the repeat-statement is an expression with the symbols 'repeat' and 'until' and a parameter between 'repeat' and 'until' and after 'until'. With 25 the priority of the whole repeat-statement is determined. With -> the associativity of the repeat-statement is specified as left associative. This allows priorities from 0 to 24 for the parameter after 'until'. Since statements have priority 25 it is not possible to write a statement direct behind 'until'.

A simple if-statement, without 'elsif' part, is the next example. A usage of this if-statement might be:

if okay then
  writeln("okay");
else
  writeln("not okay");
end if;

As syntax description we use

$ syntax expr: .if.().then.().end.if is            -> 25;
$ syntax expr: .if.().then.().else.().end.if is    -> 25;

Note that this description allows if-statements with and without 'else' parts. As semantic description we use

const proc: if (in boolean: condition) then
              (in proc: statement)
            end if is func
  begin
    case condition of
      when {TRUE}: statement;
    end case;
  end func;

const proc: if (in boolean: condition) then
              (in proc: statement1)
            else
              (in proc: statement2)
            end if is func
  begin
    case condition of
      when {TRUE}:  statement1;
      when {FALSE}: statement2;
    end case;
  end func;

The two forms of the if-statement are based on the case-statement. A more complex if-statement with 'elsif' parts can be:

if number < 0 then
  write("less");
elsif number = 0 then
  write("equal");
else
  write("greater");
end if;

How to define the syntax and the semantic for this statement is described in the next chapter.

9.6 Advanced syntax definitions

When we want to use some special syntax which should be only allowed at some place we do the following:

The EBNF of the if-statement with 'elsif' parts is:

if_statement ::=
'if' expression 'then'
  statement
{ 'elsif' expression 'then'
  statement }
[ 'else'
  statement ]
'end' 'if' .

The S7SSD of this if-statement is:

$ syntax expr : .if.().then.().end.if           is -> 25;
$ syntax expr : .if.().then.().().end.if        is -> 25;

$ syntax expr : .elsif.().then.()               is <- 60;
$ syntax expr : .elsif.().then.().()            is <- 60;
$ syntax expr : .else.()                        is <- 60;

Instead of one rule (as EBNF does) the rule is broken into several S7SSD rules. This is necessary because S7SSD does not support the [ ] and { } notations. They are not supported for good reasons: They complicate the parameter lists and they are also not so easy to implement. On the other hand, the BNF like rules of S7SSD lead to semantic constructs which are easy to parse and easy to compile. The broken down S7SSD rules of the if-statement corresponds to the following EBNF description:

if_statement ::=
'if' expression 'then'
  statement
'end' 'if' .

if_statement ::=
'if' expression 'then'
  statement
  elseif_or_else_part
'end' 'if' .

elseif_or_else_part ::=
'elsif' expression 'then'
  statement .

elseif_or_else_part ::=
'elsif' expression 'then'
  statement
  elseif_or_else_part .

elseif_or_else_part ::=
'else'
  statement .

Since S7SSD uses only one nonterminal symbol '()' it is the job of the semantic level to make sure that only the right nonterminal symbol can be used. This is done by introducing the type ELSIF_PROC (which corresponds to the nonterminal symbol 'elseif_or_else_part' of the EBNF) and the type ELSIF_RESULT (which is the result of the ELSIF_PROC).

Normally a syntax declaration can be used in many semantic declarations. E.g.: The syntax of the '+' operator is defined once and the semantic of the '+' operator is defined for the types integer, bigInteger, float, complex, ... This possibility is not needed for the if-statement. For each of the five S7SSD syntax rules of the if-statement just one corresponding semantic declaration is done:

# Semantic for the syntax: .if.().then.().end.if
const proc: if (in boolean: condition) then
              (in proc: statements)
            end if                                    is func
  begin
    case condition of
      when {TRUE}: statements;
    end case;
  end func;

# Semantic for the syntax: .if.().then.().().end.if
const proc: if (in boolean: condition) then
              (in proc: statements)
            (in ELSIF_PROC: elsifPart)
            end if                                    is func
  begin
    case condition of
      when {TRUE}: statements;
      when {FALSE}: elsifPart;
    end case;
  end func;

# Semantic for the syntax: .elsif.().then.()
const ELSIF_PROC: elsif (in boolean: condition) then
                    (in proc: statements)             is func
  begin
    case condition of
      when {TRUE}: statements;
    end case;
  end func;

# Semantic for the syntax: .elsif.().then.().()
const ELSIF_PROC: elsif (in boolean: condition) then
                    (in proc: statements)
                  (in ELSIF_PROC: elsifPart)          is func
  begin
    case condition of
      when {TRUE}: statements;
      when {FALSE}: elsifPart;
    end case;
  end func;

# Semantic for the syntax: .else.()
const ELSIF_PROC: else
                    (ref void: voidValue)        is ELSIF_EMPTY;

Since no other functions of type 'ELSIF_PROC' are defined only legal if-statements can be written.

9.7 Comparison of EBNF and S7SSD

In the S7SSD of the loop-statement

$ syntax expr: .loop.().until.().do.().end.loop is -> 25;

are no nonterminal expressions '()' before the first keyword or after the last keyword. Therefore the associativity does not play any role. The nonterminal expressions '()' of the loop-statement are all surrounded by keywords and therefore they can have any priority. As priority of the 'loop' 25 is chosen just because most other statements have also priority 25. The assignments (:= +:= *:= ...) have priority 20 and all operators used in arithmetic, boolean and string expressions have priorities less than 20. BTW: The semicolon operator (;) is defined with the priority 50. Operators with a priority of 0 get their parameters before operators with priority 1 and so on.

The corresponding EBNF description of the loop-statement would be:

expression_25 ::=
'loop'
  expression_127
'until' expression_127 'do'
  expression_127
'end' 'loop' .

We must keep in mind that alternative rules for expression_25 are also possible and that for every priority level a rule like

expression_127 ::=
expression_126 .

is defined. Additionally the following rules are defined:

expression_0 ::=
token | parentheses_expression |
call_expression | dot_expression .

token ::=
identifier | literal .

parentheses_expression ::=
'(' expression_127 ')' .

call_expression ::=
expression_127 [ '('
[ expression_127 { ',' expression_127 } ]
')' ] .

dot_expression ::=
[ '.' ] call_expression { '.' call_expression } .

The EBNF description can become long, when many priority levels exist, as it is the case in Seed7.

There are some things which are out of the scope of S7SSD. The syntax of comments, tokens (identifiers and literals) and expressions (parentheses, function calls and dot expressions) is hard coded. The hard coded constructs are described in chapter 10 (Tokens) and chapter 11 (Expressions).

For the reasons mentioned above it is not possible to transform every EBNF syntax description into S7SSD. Transforming S7SSD descriptions to EBNF is always possible.

The advantage of S7SSD lies in its simplicity and that a fast automated syntax recognition algorithm can be easily implemented. It is exactly the combination of hard coded syntax recognition and flexible syntax rules that make it successful.

10. TOKENS

A program consists of a sequence of tokens which may be delimited by white space. There are two types of tokens:

identifiers
literals
Syntax:
program ::=
{ white_space | token } .

token ::=
identifier | literal .

10.1 White space

There are three types of white space

spaces
comments
line comments

White space always terminates a preceding identifier, integer, bigInteger or float literal. Some white space is required to separate otherwise adjacent tokens.

Syntax:
white_space ::=
( space | comment | line_comment )
{ space | comment | line_comment } .

10.1.1 Spaces

There are several types of space characters which are ignored except as they separate tokens:

blanks, horizontal tabs, carriage returns and new lines.
Syntax:
space ::=
' ' | TAB | CR | NL .

10.1.2 Comments

Comments are introduced with the characters (* and are terminated with the characters *) . For example:

(* This is a comment *)

Comment nesting is allowed so it is possible to comment out larger sections of the program which can also include comments. Comments cannot occur within string or character literals.

Syntax:
comment ::=
'(*' { any_character } '*)' .

any_character ::=
simple_literal_character | apostrophe | '"' | '\' |
control_character .

control_character ::=
NUL | SOH | STX | ETX | EOT | ENQ | ACK | BEL |
BS  | TAB | LF  | VT  | FF  | CR  | SO  | SI  |
DLE | DC1 | DC2 | DC3 | DC4 | NAK | SYN | ETB |
CAN | EM  | SUB | ESC | FS  | GS  | RS  | US  |
DEL .

10.1.3 Line comments

Line comments are introduced with the character # and are terminated with the end of the line.
For example:

# This is a comment

Comments cannot occur within string, character or numerical literals.

Syntax:
line_comment ::=
'#' { any_character } NL .

10.2 Identifiers

There are three types of identifiers

name identifiers
special identifiers
parenthesis

Identifiers can be written adjacent except that between two name identifiers and between two special identifiers white space must be used to separate them.

Syntax:
identifier ::=
name_identifier | special_identifier | parenthesis .

10.2.1 Name identifiers

A name identifier is a sequence of letters, digits and underscores ( _ ). The first character must be a letter or an underscore. Examples of name identifiers are:

NUMBER  integer  const  if  UPPER_LIMIT  LowerLimit  x5  _end

Upper and lower case letters are different. Name identifiers may have any length and all characters are significant. The name identifier is terminated with a character which is neither a letter (or _ ) nor a digit. The terminating character is not part of the name identifier.

Syntax:
name_identifier ::=
( letter | underscore ) { letter | digit | underscore } .

letter ::=
upper_case_letter | lower_case_letter .

upper_case_letter ::=
'A' | 'B' | 'C' | 'D' | 'E' | 'F' | 'G' | 'H' | 'I' | 'J' |
'K' | 'L' | 'M' | 'N' | 'O' | 'P' | 'Q' | 'R' | 'S' | 'T' |
'U' | 'V' | 'W' | 'X' | 'Y' | 'Z' .

lower_case_letter ::=
'a' | 'b' | 'c' | 'd' | 'e' | 'f' | 'g' | 'h' | 'i' | 'j' |
'k' | 'l' | 'm' | 'n' | 'o' | 'p' | 'q' | 'r' | 's' | 't' |
'u' | 'v' | 'w' | 'x' | 'y' | 'z' .

digit ::=
'0' | '1' | '2' | '3' | '4' | '5' | '6' | '7' | '8' | '9' .

underscore ::=
'_' .

10.2.2 Special identifiers

A special identifier is a sequence of special characters. Examples of special identifiers are:

+  :=  <=  *  ->  ,  &

Here is a list of all special characters:

! $ % & * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ \ ^ ` | ~

Special identifiers may have any length and all characters are significant. The special identifier is terminated with a character which is not a special character. The terminating character is not part of the special identifier.

Syntax:
special_identifier ::=
special_character { special_character } .

special_character ::=
'!' | '$' | '%' | '&' | '*' | '+' | ',' | '-' | '.' | '/' |
':' | ';' | '<' | '=' | '>' | '?' | '@' | '\' | '^' | '`' |
'|' | '~' .

10.2.3 Parentheses

A parenthesis is one of the following characters:

( ) [ ] { }

Note that a parenthesis consists of only one character. Except for the character sequence (* (which introduces a comment) a parenthesis is terminated with the next character.

Syntax:
parenthesis ::=
'(' | ')' | '[' | ']' | '{' | '}' .

10.3 Literals

There are several types of literals

integer literals
biginteger literals
float literals
character literals
string literals
Syntax:
literal ::=
integer_literal | biginteger_literal | float_literal |
character_literal | string_literal .

10.3.1 Integer literals

An integer literal is a sequence of digits which is taken to be decimal. The sequence of digits may be followed by the letter E or e an optional + sign and a decimal exponent. Based numbers can be specified when the sequence of digits is followed by the # character and a sequence of extended digits. The decimal number in front of the # character specifies the base of the number which follows the # character. As base a number between 2 and 36 is allowed. As extended digits the letters A or a can be used for 10, B or b can be used for 11 and so on to Z or z which can be used as 35.

Syntax:
integer_literal ::=
decimal_integer [ exponent | based_integer ] .

decimal_integer ::=
digit { digit } .

exponent ::=
( 'E' | 'e' ) [ '+' ] decimal_integer .

based_integer ::=
'#' extended_digit { extended_digit } .

extended_digit ::=
letter | digit .

10.3.2 BigInteger literals

A bigInteger literal is a sequence of digits followed by the underline character. The sequence of digits is taken to be decimal. Based numbers can be specified when a sequence of digits is followed by the # character, a sequence of extended digits and the underline character. The decimal number in front of the # character specifies the base of the number which follows the # character. As base a number between 2 and 36 is allowed. As extended digits the letters A or a can be used for 10, B or b can be used for 11 and so on to Z or z which can be used as 35.

Syntax:
biginteger_literal ::=
decimal_integer [ based_integer ] '_' .

10.3.3 Float literals

A float literal consists of two decimal integer literals separated by a decimal point. The basic float literal may be followed by the letter E or e an optional + or - sign and a decimal exponent.

Syntax:
float_literal ::=
decimal_integer '.' decimal_integer [ float_exponent ] .

float_exponent ::=
( 'E' | 'e' ) [ '+' | '-' ] decimal_integer .

10.3.4 String literals

A string literal is a sequence of UTF-8 encoded Unicode characters surrounded by double quotes. For example:

""   " "   "\""   "'"   "\'"   "String"   "ch=\" "   "\n\n"

In order to represent non-printable characters and certain printable characters the following escape sequences may be used.

audible alert BEL \a
backspace BS \b
escape ESC \e
formfeed FF \f
newline NL (LF) \n
carriage return CR \r
horizontal tab HT \t
vertical tab VT \v
backslash (\) \\
apostrophe (') \'
double quote (") \"
control-A \A
...
control-Z \Z

Additionally there are the following possibilities:

Strings are implemented with length field and UTF-32 encoding. Strings are not '\0\' terminated and therefore can also contain binary data.

Syntax:
string_literal ::=
'"' { string_literal_element } '"' .

string_literal_element ::=
simple_literal_character | escape_sequence | apostrophe .

simple_literal_character ::=
letter | digit | parenthesis | special_literal_character |
utf8_encoded_character .

special_literal_character ::=
' ' | '!' | '#' | '$' | '%' | '&' | '*' | '+' | ',' | '-' |
'.' | '/' | ':' | ';' | '<' | '=' | '>' | '?' | '@' | '^' |
'_' | '`' | '|' | '~' .

escape_sequence ::=
'\a' | '\b' | '\e' | '\f' | '\n' | '\r' | '\t' | '\v' |
'\\' | '\''' | '\"' | '\' upper_case_letter |
'\' { space } '\' | '\' integer_literal '\' .

apostrophe ::=
''' .

10.3.5 Character literals

A character literal is an UTF-8 encoded Unicode character enclosed in apostrophes. For example:

'a'   ' '   '\n'   '!'   '\\'   '2'   '"'   '\"'   '\''

To represent control characters and certain other characters in character literals the same escape sequences as for string literals may be used.

Syntax:
character_literal ::=
apostrophe char_literal_element apostrophe .

char_literal_element ::=
simple_literal_character | escape_sequence | apostrophe | '"' .

11. EXPRESSIONS

There are two types of expressions. On one side there so called simple expressions, which are constructed using fixed predefined syntax rules. On the other side there are expressions which are constructed according to syntax rules. Syntax rules are defined with syntax declarations. How syntax declarations work is described in Chapter 3.2 (Syntax declarations) and chapter 9 (Structured syntax definition). The syntax declarations support the extensible syntax of Seed7. A simplified description of user defined expressions, which does not take priority levels into account, is:

expression ::=
prefix_expression | infix_expression | simple_expression .

prefix_expression ::=
identifier { identifier | expression } .

infix_expression ::=
expression identifier { identifier | expression } .

simple_expression ::=
dot_expression .

The chapters below describe the predefined syntax rules of simple expressions.

11.1 Parentheses

Parentheses can be used to override any precedence rules of predefined and user defined syntax constructs. For example

2 * (3 + 4)

specifies that the + operator gets his parameters first.

Syntax:
parentheses_expression ::=
'(' expression ')' .

11.2 Call expressions

Call expressions can also be used to form a list. For example

writeln("hello world")

forms a list expression with the elements

"hello world"
writeln

The meta object of this list is specified with the system declaration "system expr" which is defined in the include file "syntax.s7i" included from "seed7_05.s7i" as

$ system "expr" is expr;

A call expression with two parameters as

pos("Scotty! Beam me up.", "am")

forms a list expression with the elements

"Scotty! Beam me up."
"am"
pos
Syntax:
call_expression ::=
primary_expression [ '(' parameter_list ')' ] .

primary_expression ::=
parentheses_expression | token .

parameter_list ::=
expression { ',' expression } .

11.3 Dot expressions

Dot expressions start with a dot and have dots as separator between the elements of the list. For example

.not.TRUE

and

.OKAY.and.GO_ON

form list expressions with the elements

not
TRUE

and

OKAY
and
GO_ON

The meta object of this list is specified with the system declaration "system expr" which is defined in the include file "syntax.s7i" included from "seed7_05.s7i" as

$ system "expr" is expr;

Dot expressions override the priority of the elements. Dot expressions are used in 'syntax' declarations.

Syntax:
dot_expression ::=
[ '.' ] call_expression { '.' call_expression } .

12. OPERATING SYSTEM ACCESS

Seed7 provides a portable access to the services provided by an operating system. This interface is oriented towards Posix and Unix. The functions in this chapter are defined in the libraries "osfiles.s7i", "dir.s7i" and "environment.s7i".

12.1 Standard path representation

A path specifies the location of a file in a file system. Operating systems have different concepts how a path should look like. Seed7 compensates this differences with a standard path representation. Standard paths are used by all Seed7 functions dealing with paths. The standard path representation uses strings with the following properties to describe paths:

When a function like open is called with a path that is not "/", but ends with a slash, the exception RANGE_ERROR is raised. Under Windows a standard path like "/c" is mapped to the drive "C:". Reading the directory "/" under Windows returns a list of available drives. A path with a backslash or with a drive letter may raise the exception RANGE_ERROR, when a function like open is called.

An absolute path specifies an unique location in the file system. Absolute paths always start with a slash. A relative path specifies a location relative to the current working directory of the program. Although standard paths are defined in a portable way, an absolute path will usually not be portable.

12.2 readDir

The function readDir provides a portable access to the contents of directories in the file system. It reads the specified directory and the filenames are stored in the string-array result. The files "." and ".." are left out from the result. Note that the strings contain only the filenames. Additional information must be obtained with other calls.

const func array string: readDir (in string: dirPath) is ...

Returns:

An array of strings containing the names of all files in the specified directory, except "." and ".."

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'dirPath' to the system path type or not enough memory to represent the result array string.
RANGE_ERROR
'dirPath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

Examples:

After the declaration

var array string: dir_array is 0 times "";

the statement

dir_array := readDir(".");

reads the current working directory and stores it into the string-array 'dir_array'. The components of the directory can now be accessed via indexing:

for index range 1 to length(dir_array) do
  writeln(dir_array[index]);
end for;

12.3 openDir

The function openDir opens the specified directory as file. Each line in this directory file contains the filename of a file present in the the directory. The files "." and ".." are left out from the directory file. Note that only filenames can be read from the directory file. Additional information must be obtained with other calls.

const func file: openDir (in string: dirPath) is ...

Returns:

The directory file of the specified directory.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'dirPath' to the system path type or not enough memory to represent the result array string.
RANGE_ERROR
'dirPath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

Examples:

...

include "dir.s7i";

var file: dir_file is STD_NULL;
var string: file_name is "";

...

dir_file := openDir(".");
file_name := getln(dir_file);
while file_name <> "" do
  writeln(file_name);
  file_name := getln(dir_file);
end while;

12.4 getcwd

The function getcwd returns the current working directory of the calling process as absolute path.

const func string: getcwd is ...

Returns:

The absolute path of the current working directory.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to represent the result string.
FILE_ERROR
The system function returns an error.

Examples:

The statement

my_dir := getcwd;

assigns the full path of the current working directory to the string variable 'my_dir'.

12.5 chdir

The function chdir changes the current working directory of the calling process to the specified directory.

const proc: chdir (in string: name) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'name' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'name' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

Examples:

The statement

chdir("/usr/bin");

changes the current working directory to "/usr/bin".

12.6 mkdir

The function mkdir creates a new directory.

const proc: mkdir (in string: name) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'name' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'name' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

Examples:

The statement

mkdir("my_dir");

creates the directory "my_dir".

12.7 homeDir

The function homeDir returns the home directory of the user as absolute path.

const func string: homeDir is ...

This function should be preferred over the use of an environment variable such as $HOME. $HOME is not supported under all operating systems and it is not guaranteed, that it uses the standard path representation.

Returns:

The absolute path of the home directory.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to represent the result string.
FILE_ERROR
Not able to determine the home directory.

Examples:

The statement

my_dir := homeDir;

assigns the full path of the home directory to the string variable 'my_dir'.

12.8 fileType

The type of a file can determined with fileType or fileTypeSL:

const func integer: fileType (in string: filePath) is ...
const func integer: fileTypeSL (in string: filePath) is ...

The function fileType does follow symbolic links. Therefore fileType never returns FILE_SYMLINK. The function fileTypeSL can also return FILE_SYMLINK, because it does not follow symbolic links. All functions which use a file path, except fileTypeSL and readlink follow symbolic links. A return value of FILE_ABSENT does not imply that a file with this name can be created, since missing directories and illegal file names cause also FILE_ABSENT.

Returns:

FILE_ABSENT
A component of path does not exist.
FILE_UNKNOWN
The file exists but has an unknown type.
FILE_REGULAR
The file is a regular file.
FILE_DIR
The file is a directory.
FILE_CHAR
The file is a character special file.
FILE_BLOCK
The file is a block special file.
FILE_FIFO
The file is a pipe or FIFO special file.
FILE_SYMLINK
The file is a symbolic link.
FILE_SOCKET
The file is a socket.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation.
FILE_ERROR
The system function returns an error other than ENOENT, ENOTDIR or ENAMETOOLONG.

12.9 fileMode

The permissions of a file can determined with fileMode:

const func fileMode: fileMode (in string: filePath) is ...

Returns:

The fileMode which is defined as set of filePermission.

The literal values of filePermission are:

EXEC_OTHER
others have execute permission
WRITE_OTHER
others have write permission
READ_OTHER
others have read permission
EXEC_GROUP
group has execute permission
WRITE_GROUP
group has write permission
READ_GROUP
group has read permission
EXEC_USER
owner has execute permission
WRITE_USER
owner has write permission
READ_USER
owner has read permission

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.10 setFileMode

The permissions of a file can changed with setFileMode:

const proc: setFileMode (in string: filePath, in fileMode: newFileMode) is ...

The type fileMode is defined as 'set of filePermission'.

The literal values of filePermission are:

EXEC_OTHER
others have execute permission
WRITE_OTHER
others have write permission
READ_OTHER
others have read permission
EXEC_GROUP
group has execute permission
WRITE_GROUP
group has write permission
READ_GROUP
group has read permission
EXEC_USER
owner has execute permission
WRITE_USER
owner has write permission
READ_USER
owner has read permission

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.11 fileSize

The size of a file can be determined with fileSize and bigFileSize:

const func integer: fileSize (in string: filePath) is ...
const func bigInteger: bigFileSize (in string: filePath) is ...

Returns:

For directories a size of 0 is returned. For other file types the operating system functions 'stat()' and 'seek()' are used to determine the size of a file. The functions fileSize and bigFileSize succeed when at least one strategy to determine the file size succeeds.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
The file size is not representable as integer (this exception is not raised by bigFileSize).
FILE_ERROR
It was not possible to determine the file size.

12.12 getATime

The access time of a file is returned by the function getATime:

const func time: getATime (in string: filePath) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.13 getCTime

The change time of a file is returned by the function getCTime:

const func time: getCTime (in string: filePath) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.14 getMTime

The modification time of a file is returned by the function getMTime:

const func time: getMTime (in string: filePath) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.15 setATime

The function setATime sets the access time of a file:

const proc: setATime (in string: filePath, in time: aTime) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type or 'aTime' is invalid or cannot be converted to the system file time.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.16 setMTime

The function setMTime sets the modification time of a file:

const proc: setMTime (in string: filePath, in time: aTime) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type or 'aTime' is invalid or cannot be converted to the system file time.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.17 readlink

The function readlink reads the destination of a symbolic link:

const func string: readlink (in string: filePath) is ...

Returns:

The symbolic link refered by 'filePath'.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type or not enough memory to represent the result string.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
The file described with 'filePath' does not exist or is not a symbolic link.

12.18 symlink

The function symlink creates a symbolic link called 'dest' that contains the string referred by 'source':

const proc: symlink (in string: source, in string: dest) is ...

Parameters:

source
String to be contained in the symbolic link.
dest
Name of the symbolic link to be created.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'source' or 'dest' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'source' or 'dest' does not use the standard path representation or one of them cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.19 removeFile

The function removeFile removes a file or empty directory:

const proc: removeFile (in string: filePath) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
The file does not exist or a system function returns an error.

12.20 removeAnyFile

The function removeAnyFile removes a file independent of its file type:

const proc: removeAnyFile (in string: filePath) is ...

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'filePath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'filePath' does not use the standard path representation or it cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
The file does not exist or a system function returns an error.

12.21 copyFile

The function copyFile copies a file or directory tree:

const proc: copyFile (in string: sourcePath, in string: destPath) is ...

Permissions/mode, ownership and timestamps of the destination file are determined independent of the corresponding source properties. The destination file gets the permissions/mode defined by umask. The user executing the program is the owner of the destination file. The timestamps of the destination file are set to the current time. Symbolic links in sourcePath are always followed. Therefore copyFile will never create a symbolic link. Note that copyFile does not preserve hard links (they are resolved to distinct files).

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'sourcePath' or 'destPath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'sourcePath' or 'destPath' does not use the standard path representation or one of them cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
Source file does not exist, destination file already exists or a system function returns an error.

12.22 cloneFile

The function cloneFile clones a file or directory tree:

const proc: cloneFile (in string: sourcePath, in string: destPath) is ...

Permissions/mode, ownership and timestamps of the original are preserved. Symlinks are not followed. Instead the symlink is copied. Note that cloneFile does not preserve hard links (they are resolved to distinct files).

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'sourcePath' or 'destPath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'sourcePath' or 'destPath' does not use the standard path representation or one of them cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
Source file does not exist, destination file already exists or a system function returns an error.

12.23 moveFile

The function moveFile moves and/or renames a file or directory tree:

const proc: moveFile (in string: sourcePath, in string: destPath) is ...

The function uses the C 'rename()' function. When 'rename()' fails the file (or directory tree) is cloned with cloneFile (which preserves permissions/mode, ownership and timestamps) to the new place and with the new name. When cloneFile succeeds the original file is deleted. When cloneFile fails (no space on device or other reason) all remains of the failed clone are removed. Note that cloneFile works for symbolic links but does not preserve hard links (they are resolved to distinct files).

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'sourcePath' or 'destPath' to the system path type.
RANGE_ERROR
'sourcePath' or 'destPath' does not use the standard path representation or one of them cannot be converted to the system path type.
FILE_ERROR
Source file does not exist, destination file already exists or a system function returns an error.

12.24 argv(PROGRAM)

The function argv(PROGRAM) returns the argument vector of the program as array of strings. The name of the program is not part of the argument vector.

const func array string: argv (PROGRAM) is ...

Returns:

An array of strings containing the argument vector.

12.25 name(PROGRAM)

The function name(PROGRAM) returns the name of the program without path and extension. The name returned by name(PROGRAM) is the same for interpreted and compiled programs. The function name(PROGRAM) does not follow symbolic links. It determines, with which name a program was called. When several symbolic links refer to one program name(PROGRAM) returns the name of the symbolic link.

const func string: name (PROGRAM) is ...

Returns:

The name of the program.

12.26 path(PROGRAM)

The function path(PROGRAM) returns the absolute path of the program. For an interpreted program this is the absolute path of the source file. For a compiled program this is the absolute path of the executable. The function path(PROGRAM) does follow symbolic links.

const func string: path (PROGRAM) is ...

Returns:

The absolute path of the program.

12.27 dir(PROGRAM)

The function dir(PROGRAM) returns the absolute path of the directory containing the program. The function dir(PROGRAM) allows placing configuration data in the directory of the program. dir(PROGRAM) is based on path(PROGRAM).

const func string: dir (PROGRAM) is ...

Returns:

The absolute path of the directory containing the program.

12.28 file(PROGRAM)

The function file(PROGRAM) returns the filename of the program without path. file(PROGRAM) is based on path(PROGRAM).

const func string: file (PROGRAM) is ...

Returns:

The filename of the program.

12.29 getenv

The function getenv determines the value of an environment variable.

const func string: getenv (in string: name) is ...

The function getenv searches the environment for an environment variable with the given 'name'. When such an environment variable exists the corresponding string value is returned.

Returns:

The value of an environment variable or "" when the requested environment variable does not exist.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'name' to the system string type or not enough memory to represent the result string.

12.30 setenv

The function setenv adds or changes an environment variable.

const proc: setenv (in string: name, in string: value) is ...

The function setenv searches the environment for an environment variable with the given 'name'. When such an environment variable exists the corresponding value is changed to 'value'. When no environment variable with the given 'name' exists a new environment variable 'name' with the value 'value' is created.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to convert 'name' or 'value' to the system string type.
RANGE_ERROR
A system function returns an error.

12.31 environment

The function environment returns the list of environment variable names as array of strings.

const func array string: environment is ...

Returns:

The list of environment variable names.

Possible exceptions:

MEMORY_ERROR
Not enough memory to create the result.

13. PRIMITIVE ACTIONS

Not all functions can be described by calling other functions of the same language. For this reason and for performance reasons several functions are defined using a mechanism called action. For example: It is easy to define the while-statement by using recursion. But this would hurt performance and it would also use a huge amount of memory for the runtime stack. In practice an implementation of the while-statement can use a conditional jump instead of a subroutine call. Since Seed7 has no goto statement, this is not an option. Instead the primitive action PRC_WHILE can be used. The while-statement is defined in the basic Seed7 library "seed7_05.s7i" with:

const proc: while (in func boolean param) do
    (in proc param) end while is action "PRC_WHILE";

This declaration shows the types and the position of the parameters of a while-statement. Such an action declaration contains enough information to use the defined construct. The semantic of all primitive actions is hard coded in the interpreter and in the compiler. The parameters of the hard coded actions and the corresponding definitions in Seed7 must match. If you are interested in the Seed7 definitions of primitive actions just look into the file "seed7_05.s7i".

Currently there are several hundred primitive actions predefined in the interpreter. They all have names in upper case characters which have the form:

TYPE_ACTION

Which means that for example all integer actions start with INT_ and all assignment actions end with _CPY . The following list shows actions which are used with more than one type:

_ABS Absolute value
_ADD Addition
_CAT Concatenation
_CMP Compare
_CPY Copy (Assignment)
_CREATE Initialize (Construct)
_DESTR Destroy (Destruct)
_DECR Decrement
_DIV Division
_EQ Equal
_GE Greater equal
_GETC Get one character from a file
_GETS Get string with maximum length from a file
_GT Greater than
_HASHCODE Compute a hashCode
_HEAD Head of string, array or ref_list
_ICONV Conversion of integer to another type
_IDX Index (Element) of string, array or ref_list
_INCR Increment
_IPOW Power with integer exponent
_LE Less equal
_LNG Length
_LOG2 Base 2 logarithm
_LOWER Convert to lower case
_LSHIFT Shift left
_LT Less than
_MDIV Modulo division (Integer division truncated towards negative infinity)
_MOD Modulo (Reminder of _MDIV integer division)
_MULT Multiply
_NE Not equal
_NEGATE Change sign
_ODD Odd number
_ORD Ordinal number
_PARSE Conversion of string to another type
_PLUS Positive sign (noop)
_POW Power
_PRED Predecessor
_RAND Random value
_RANGE Range of string, array or ref_list
_REM Remainder (Reminder of _DIV integer division)
_RSHIFT Arithmetic shift right
_SBTR Subtract
_SCAN Convert from string to another type
_SEEK Set actual file position of a file
_SQRT Square root
_STR Convert to string
_SUCC Successor
_TAIL Tail of string, array or ref_list
_TELL Return the actual file position
_UPPER Convert to upper case
_VALUE Dereference a reference
_WRITE Write string to file

Primitive actions are defined for many types. The functions which implement the primitive actions are grouped together in *lib.c files. The following list contains the action prefix, the file containing the functions and a description:

ACT_ actlib.c ACTION operations
ARR_ arrlib.c array operations
BIG_ biglib.c bigInteger operations
BLN_ blnlib.c boolean operations
BST_ bstlib.c Operations for byte strings
CHR_ chrlib.c char operations
CMD_ cmdlib.c Various directory, file and other commands
DCL_ dcllib.c Declaration operations
DRW_ drwlib.c Drawing operations
ENU_ enulib.c Enumeration operations
FIL_ fillib.c clib_file operations
FLT_ fltlib.c float operations
HSH_ hshlib.c hash operations
INT_ intlib.c integer operations
ITF_ itflib.c Operations for interface types
KBD_ kbdlib.c Keyboard operations
LST_ lstlib.c List operations
PRC_ prclib.c proc operations and statements
PRG_ prglib.c Program operations
REF_ reflib.c reference operations
RFL_ rfllib.c ref_list operations
SCR_ scrlib.c Screen operations
SCT_ sctlib.c struct operations
SET_ setlib.c set operations
SOC_ soclib.c PRIMITIVE_SOCKET operations
STR_ strlib.c string operations
TIM_ timlib.c time and duration operations
TYP_ typlib.c type operations
UT8_ ut8lib.c utf8_file operations

The C functions which implement primitive actions have lowercase names. E.g.: The action 'PRC_WHILE' is implemented with the C function 'prc_while()' in the file "prclib.c". The parameter list for all C action functions is identical. Every *lib.c file has a corresponding *lib.h file which contains the prototypes for the action functions.

In a Seed7 program the operator + is used to add two integer values. The primitive action, which describes the addition of two integers, is 'INT_ADD'. The connection between + and 'INT_ADD' is done in the library "integer.s7i" with the definition:

const func integer: (in integer: summand1) + (in integer: summand2) is action "INT_ADD";

To execute an action a corresponding C function must be present in the s7 interpreter. The function for the action 'INT_ADD' is int_add(). The function int_add() is defined in the file "intlib.c" with:

objecttype int_add (listtype arguments)

  { /* int_add */
    isit_int(arg_1(arguments));
    isit_int(arg_3(arguments));
    return bld_int_temp(
        take_int(arg_1(arguments)) +
        take_int(arg_3(arguments)));
  } /* int_add */

The action functions use ANSI C prototypes and K&R function headers. The function int_add() adds the first and the third argument (the second argument contains the + symbol. The file "objutl.h" contains several macros and functions which help to handle the arguments (parameter list) of a C primitive action function.

The file "intlib.h" contains the prototype for the int_add() function:

objecttype int_add (listtype arguments);

and also a definition for the K&R C language:

objecttype int_add ();

Additionally every primitive action is registered in the file "primitive.c". The line which incorporates 'INT_ADD' is:

{ "INT_ADD",             int_add,             },

The entries of the primitive action in the file "primitive.c" are sorted alphabetically. With this definitions the s7 interpreter understands a primitive action.

To allow a primitive function in a compiled Seed7 program the Seed7 compiler (s7c) needs to know the action also. The compiler function which creates code for the 'INT_ADD' action is:

const proc: process_int_add (in ref_list: params, inout expr_type: c_expr) is func

  begin
    c_expr.expr &:= "(";
    process_expr(params[1], c_expr);
    c_expr.expr &:= ") + (";
    process_expr(params[3], c_expr);
    c_expr.expr &:= ")";
  end func;

This function is called from the function process_action with:

elsif action_name = "INT_ADD" then
  process_int_add(params, c_expr);

Some primitive actions are more complicated and inline code would not be the best solution for it. In this case an additional helper function is used. The action 'INT_LOG2' is such an action. The definition of the function int_log2() in the file "intlib.c" is:

objecttype int_log2 (listtype arguments)

  { /* int_log2 */
    isit_int(arg_1(arguments));
    return bld_int_temp(
        intLog2(take_int(arg_1(arguments))));
  } /* int_log2 */

The main work for the primitive action 'INT_LOG2' is done in the helper function intLog2(). The helper function intLog2() can be found in the file "int_rtl.c":

/**
 *  Compute the truncated base 2 logarithm of an integer number.
 *  @return the truncated base 2 logarithm.
 *  @exception NUMERIC_ERROR The number is negative.
 */
inttype intLog2 (inttype number)

  {
    int result;

  /* intLog2 */
    if (unlikely(number < 0)) {
      raise_error(NUMERIC_ERROR);
      result = 0;
    } else {
      result = uintMostSignificantBit((uinttype) number);
    } /* if */
    return result;
  } /* intLog2 */

The file "int_rtl.h" contains a prototype definition for the intLog2() helper function:

inttype intLog2 (inttype number);

and also a definition for the K&R C language:

inttype intLog2 ();

The helper functions are also used in the code generated by the Seed7 compiler:

const proc: process_int_log2 (in ref_list: params, inout expr_type: c_expr) is func

  begin
    c_expr.expr &:= "intLog2(";
    process_expr(params[1], c_expr);
    c_expr.expr &:= ")";
  end func;

The compiler writes a prototype of intLog2() in the function write_prototypes:

declareExtern("inttype     intLog2 (inttype);");

All the *lib.c files containing primitive actions and various other files with their functions are grouped together in the "s7_comp.a" library (Licensed under GPL). Furthermore the C primitive action functions (E.g.: int_parse) of the *lib.c files may use corresponding functions (E.g.: intParse) which can be found in *_rtl.c files (E.g.: "int_rtl.c"). The *_rtl.c files are grouped together in the "seed7_05.a" library (Licensed under LGPL). When a Seed7 program is compiled with the Seed7 compiler (s7c) inline code is generated for many primitive actions. To implement the remaining primitive actions the functions of the "seed7_05.a" library are used.

13.1 Actions for the type ACTION

Action name actlib.c function act_comp.c function
ACT_ILLEGAL act_illegal  
ACT_CPY act_cpy =
ACT_CREATE act_create  
ACT_GEN act_gen  
ACT_STR act_str actStr
ACT_VALUE act_value actValue

13.2 Actions for array types

Action name arrlib.c function arr_rtl.c function
ARR_APPEND arr_append arrAppend
ARR_ARRLIT arr_arrlit arrArrlit
ARR_ARRLIT2 arr_arrlit2 arrArrlit2
ARR_BASELIT arr_baselit arrBaselit
ARR_BASELIT2 arr_baselit2 arrBaselit2
ARR_CAT arr_cat arrCat
ARR_CONV arr_conv (noop)
ARR_CPY arr_cpy cpy_ ...
ARR_CREATE arr_create create_ ...
ARR_DESTR arr_destr destr_ ...
ARR_EMPTY arr_empty  
ARR_EXTEND arr_extend arrExtend
ARR_GEN arr_gen arrGen
ARR_HEAD arr_head arrHead
ARR_IDX arr_idx a->arr[b-a->min_position]
ARR_LNG arr_lng a->max_position-a->min_position + 1
ARR_MAXIDX arr_maxidx a->max_position
ARR_MINIDX arr_minidx a->min_position
ARR_PUSH arr_push arrPush
ARR_RANGE arr_range arrRange
ARR_REMOVE arr_remove arrRemove
ARR_SORT arr_sort arrSort
ARR_TAIL arr_tail arrTail
ARR_TIMES arr_times times_ ...

13.3 Actions for the type bigInteger

Action name biglib.c function big_rtl.c function
BIG_ABS big_abs bigAbs
BIG_ADD big_add bigAdd, bigAddTemp
BIG_BIT_LENGTH big_bit_length bigBitLength
BIG_CLIT big_clit bigCLit
BIG_CMP big_cmp bigCmp
BIG_CPY big_cpy bigCpy
BIG_CREATE big_create bigCreate
BIG_DECR big_decr bigDecr
BIG_DESTR big_destr bigDestr
BIG_DIV big_div bigDiv
BIG_EQ big_eq bigEq
BIG_GCD big_gcd bigGcd
BIG_GE big_ge bigCmp >= 0
BIG_GROW big_grow bigGrow
BIG_GT big_gt bigCmp > 0
BIG_HASHCODE big_hashcode bigHashCode
BIG_ICONV big_iconv bigIConv
BIG_INCR big_incr bigIncr
BIG_IPOW big_ipow bigIPow
BIG_LE big_le bigCmp <= 0
BIG_LOG2 big_log2 bigLog2
BIG_LOWEST_SET_BIT big_lowest_set_bit bigLowestSetBit
BIG_LSHIFT big_lshift bigLShift
BIG_LSHIFT_ASSIGN big_lshift_assign bigLShiftAssign
BIG_LT big_lt bigCmp < 0
BIG_MDIV big_mdiv bigMDiv
BIG_MOD big_mod bigMod
BIG_MULT big_mult bigMult
BIG_MULT_ASSIGN big_mult_assign bigMultAssign
BIG_NE big_ne bigNe
BIG_NEGATE big_negate bigNegate
BIG_ODD big_odd bigOdd
BIG_ORD big_ord bigOrd
BIG_PARSE big_parse bigParse
BIG_PLUS big_plus (noop)
BIG_PRED big_pred bigPred
BIG_RAND big_rand bigRand
BIG_REM big_rem bigRem
BIG_RSHIFT big_rshift bigRShift
BIG_RSHIFT_ASSIGN big_rshift_assign bigRShiftAssign
BIG_SBTR big_sbtr bigSbtr, bigSbtrTemp
BIG_SHRINK big_shrink bigShrink
BIG_STR big_str bigStr
BIG_SUCC big_succ bigSucc
BIG_VALUE big_value bigValue

13.4 Actions for the type boolean

Action name blnlib.c function bln_rtl.c function
BLN_AND bln_and &&
BLN_CPY bln_cpy blnCpy
BLN_CREATE bln_create blnCreate
BLN_GE bln_ge >=
BLN_GT bln_gt >
BLN_ICONV bln_iconv & 1
BLN_LE bln_le <=
BLN_LT bln_lt <
BLN_NOT bln_not !
BLN_OR bln_or ||
BLN_ORD bln_ord (inttype)

13.5 Actions for byte strings

Action name bstlib.c function bst_rtl.c function
BST_APPEND bst_append bstAppend
BST_CAT bst_cat bstCat
BST_CMP bst_cmp bstCmp
BST_CPY bst_cpy bstCpy
BST_CREATE bst_create bstCreate
BST_DESTR bst_destr bstDestr
BST_EMPTY bst_empty  
BST_EQ bst_eq a->size==b->size && memcmp(a,b,a->size*sizeof(unsigned char))==0
BST_HASHCODE bst_hashcode bstHashCode
BST_IDX bst_idx a->mem[b-1]
BST_LNG bst_lng a->size
BST_NE bst_ne a->size!=b->size || memcmp(a,b,a->size*sizeof(unsigned char))!=0
BST_PARSE bst_parse bstParse
BST_STR bst_str bstStr
BST_VALUE bst_value bstValue

13.6 Actions for the type char

Action name chrlib.c function chr_rtl.c function
CHR_CHR chr_chr (chartype)
CHR_CLIT chr_clit chrCLit
CHR_CMP chr_cmp chrCmp
CHR_CONV chr_conv (noop)
CHR_CPY chr_cpy chrCpy
CHR_CREATE chr_create chrCreate
CHR_DECR chr_decr --
CHR_EQ chr_eq ==
CHR_GE chr_ge >=
CHR_GT chr_gt >
CHR_HASHCODE chr_hashcode (inttype)((schartype)a)
CHR_ICONV chr_iconv (chartype)
CHR_INCR chr_incr ++
CHR_LE chr_le <=
CHR_LOW chr_low chrLow
CHR_LT chr_lt <
CHR_NE chr_ne !=
CHR_ORD chr_ord (inttype)
CHR_PRED chr_pred -1
CHR_STR chr_str chrStr
CHR_SUCC chr_succ +1
CHR_UP chr_up chrUp
CHR_VALUE chr_value chrValue

13.7 Actions for various directory, file and other commands

Action name cmdlib.c function cmd_rtl.c function
CMD_BIG_FILESIZE cmd_big_filesize cmdBigFileSize
CMD_CHDIR cmd_chdir cmdChdir
CMD_CLONE_FILE cmd_clone_file cmdCloneFile
CMD_CONFIG_VALUE cmd_config_value cmdConfigValue
CMD_COPY_FILE cmd_copy_file cmdCopyFile
CMD_ENVIRONMENT cmd_environment cmdEnvironment
CMD_FILEMODE cmd_filemode cmdFileMode
CMD_FILESIZE cmd_filesize cmdFileSize
CMD_FILETYPE cmd_filetype cmdFileType
CMD_FILETYPE_SL cmd_filetype_sl cmdFileTypeSL
CMD_GETCWD cmd_getcwd cmdGetcwd
CMD_GETENV cmd_getenv cmdGetenv
CMD_GET_ATIME cmd_get_atime cmdGetATime
CMD_GET_CTIME cmd_get_ctime cmdGetCTime
CMD_GET_MTIME cmd_get_mtime cmdGetMTime
CMD_GET_SEARCH_PATH cmd_getSearchPath cmdGetSearchPath
CMD_HOME_DIR cmd_homeDir cmdHomeDir
CMD_LS cmd_ls cmdLs
CMD_MKDIR cmd_mkdir cmdMkdir
CMD_MOVE cmd_move cmdMove
CMD_PIPE2 cmd_pipe2 cmdPipe2
CMD_PTY cmd_pty cmdPty
CMD_READLINK cmd_readlink cmdReadlink
CMD_REMOVE cmd_remove cmdRemove
CMD_REMOVE_ANY_FILE cmd_remove_any_file cmdRemoveAnyFile
CMD_SETENV cmd_setenv cmdSetenv
CMD_SET_ATIME cmd_set_atime cmdSetATime
CMD_SET_FILEMODE cmd_set_filemode cmdSetFileMode
CMD_SET_MTIME cmd_set_mtime cmdSetMTime
CMD_SHELL cmd_shell cmdShell
CMD_SHELL_ESCAPE cmd_shell_escape cmdShellEscape
CMD_START_PROCESS cmd_start_process cmdStartProcess
CMD_SYMLINK cmd_symlink cmdSymlink
CMD_TO_OS_PATH cmd_to_os_path cmdToOsPath

13.8 Actions for text (console) screen output

Action name scrlib.c function con_inf.c/con_rtl.c/con_win.c function
CON_CLEAR con_clear conClear
CON_CURSOR con_cursor conCursor
CON_FLUSH con_flush conFlush
CON_HEIGHT con_height conHeight
CON_H_SCL con_h_scl conHScroll
CON_OPEN con_open conOpen
CON_SETPOS con_setpos conSetpos
CON_V_SCL con_v_scl conVScroll
CON_WIDTH con_width conWidth
CON_WRITE con_write conWrite

13.9 Actions for declarations

Action name dcllib.c function
DCL_ATTR dcl_attr
DCL_CONST dcl_const
DCL_ELEMENTS dcl_elements
DCL_FWD dcl_fwd
DCL_FWDVAR dcl_fwdvar
DCL_GETFUNC dcl_getfunc
DCL_GETOBJ dcl_getobj
DCL_GLOBAL dcl_global
DCL_IN1VAR dcl_in1var
DCL_IN2VAR dcl_in2var
DCL_INOUT1 dcl_inout1
DCL_INOUT2 dcl_inout2
DCL_PARAM_ATTR dcl_param_attr
DCL_REF1 dcl_ref1
DCL_REF2 dcl_ref2
DCL_SYMB dcl_symb
DCL_VAL1 dcl_val1
DCL_VAL2 dcl_val2
DCL_VAR dcl_var

13.10 Actions to do graphic output

Action name drwlib.c function drw_rtl.c/drw_x11.c/drw_win.c function
DRW_ARC drw_arc drwArc
DRW_ARC2 drw_arc2 drwArc2
DRW_BACKGROUND drw_background drwBackground
DRW_CIRCLE drw_circle drwCircle
DRW_CLEAR drw_clear drwClear
DRW_CMP drw_cmp uintCmpGeneric((generictype)(a))
DRW_COLOR drw_color drwColor
DRW_COPYAREA drw_copyarea drwCopyArea
DRW_CPY drw_cpy drwCpy
DRW_CREATE drw_create drwCreate
DRW_DESTR drw_destr drwDestr
DRW_EMPTY drw_empty  
DRW_EQ drw_eq ==
DRW_FARCCHORD drw_farcchord drwFArcChord
DRW_FARCPIESLICE drw_farcpieslice drwFArcPieSlice
DRW_FCIRCLE drw_fcircle drwFCircle
DRW_FELLIPSE drw_fellipse drwFEllipse
DRW_FLUSH drw_flush drwFlush
DRW_FPOLYLINE drw_fpolyLine drwFPolyLine
DRW_GENPOINTLIST drw_genPointList drwGenPointList
DRW_GET drw_get drwGet
DRW_GETPIXEL drw_getPixel drwGetPixel
DRW_HASHCODE drw_hashcode (inttype)(((memsizetype)a)>>6)
DRW_HEIGHT drw_height drwHeight
DRW_IMAGE drw_image drwImage
DRW_LINE drw_line drwLine
DRW_NE drw_ne !=
DRW_NEW_PIXMAP drw_new_pixmap drwNewPixmap
DRW_OPEN drw_open drwOpen
DRW_OPEN_SUB_WINDOW drw_open_sub_window drwOpenSubWindow
DRW_PARC drw_parc drwPArc
DRW_PCIRCLE drw_pcircle drwPCircle
DRW_PFARCCHORD drw_pfarcchord drwPFArcChord
DRW_PFARCPIESLICE drw_pfarcpieslice drwFArcPieSlice
DRW_PFCIRCLE drw_pfcircle drwPFCircle
DRW_PFELLIPSE drw_pfellipse drwPFEllipse
DRW_PIXELTORGB drw_pixelToRgb drwPixelToRgb
DRW_PLINE drw_pline drwPLine
DRW_POINT drw_point drwPoint
DRW_POINTER_XPOS drw_pointer_xpos drwPointerXpos
DRW_POINTER_YPOS drw_pointer_ypos drwPointerYpos
DRW_POLYLINE drw_polyLine drwPolyLine
DRW_PPOINT drw_ppoint drwPPoint
DRW_PRECT drw_prect drwPRect
DRW_PUT drw_put drwPut
DRW_RECT drw_rect drwRect
DRW_RGBCOL drw_rgbcol drwRgbColor
DRW_SETCONTENT drw_setContent drwSetContent
DRW_SETPOS drw_setPos drwSetPos
DRW_SETTRANSPARENTCOLOR drw_setTransparentColor drwSetTransparentColor
DRW_TEXT drw_text drwText
DRW_TOBOTTOM drw_toBottom drwToBottom
DRW_TOTOP drw_toTop drwToTop
DRW_WIDTH drw_width drwWidth
DRW_XPOS drw_xpos drwXPos
DRW_YPOS drw_ypos drwYPos

13.11 Actions for enumeration types

Action name enulib.c function  
ENU_CONV enu_conv (noop)
ENU_CPY enu_cpy =
ENU_CREATE enu_create  
ENU_EQ enu_eq ==
ENU_GENLIT enu_genlit  
ENU_ICONV2 enu_iconv2 (noop)
ENU_NE enu_ne !=
ENU_ORD2 enu_ord2 (noop)
ENU_VALUE enu_value enuValue

13.12 Actions for the type clib_file

Action name fillib.c function fil_rtl.c function
FIL_BIG_LNG fil_big_lng filBigLng
FIL_BIG_SEEK fil_big_seek filBigSeek
FIL_BIG_TELL fil_big_tell filBigTell
FIL_CLOSE fil_close fclose
FIL_CPY fil_cpy fltCpy
FIL_CREATE fil_create fltCreate
FIL_EMPTY fil_empty  
FIL_EOF fil_eof feof
FIL_EQ fil_eq ==
FIL_ERR fil_err stderr
FIL_FLUSH fil_flush fflush
FIL_GETC fil_getc fgetc
FIL_GETS fil_gets filGets
FIL_HAS_NEXT fil_has_next filHasNext
FIL_IN fil_in stdin
FIL_INPUT_READY fil_input_ready filInputReady
FIL_LINE_READ fil_line_read filLineRead
FIL_LIT fil_lit filLit
FIL_LNG fil_lng filLng
FIL_NE fil_ne !=
FIL_OPEN fil_open filOpen
FIL_OUT fil_out stdout
FIL_PCLOSE fil_pclose filPclose
FIL_POPEN fil_popen filPopen
FIL_PRINT fil_print filPrint
FIL_SEEK fil_seek filSeek
FIL_SETBUF fil_setbuf filSetbuf
FIL_TELL fil_tell filTell
FIL_VALUE fil_value filValue
FIL_WORD_READ fil_word_read filWordRead
FIL_WRITE fil_write filWrite

13.13 Actions for the type float

Action name fltlib.c function flt_rtl.c function
FLT_A2TAN flt_a2tan atan2
FLT_ABS flt_abs fabs
FLT_ACOS flt_acos acos
FLT_ADD flt_add +
FLT_ASIN flt_asin asin
FLT_ATAN flt_atan atan
FLT_CAST flt_cast (x.floatvalue=a, x.intvalue)
FLT_CEIL flt_ceil ceil
FLT_CMP flt_cmp fltCmp
FLT_COS flt_cos cos
FLT_COSH flt_cosh cosh
FLT_CPY flt_cpy fltCpy
FLT_CREATE flt_create fltCreate
FLT_DGTS flt_dgts fltDgts
FLT_DIV flt_div /
FLT_DIV_ASSIGN flt_div_assign /=
FLT_EQ flt_eq ==
FLT_EXP flt_exp exp
FLT_FLOOR flt_floor floor
FLT_GE flt_ge >=
FLT_GROW flt_grow +=
FLT_GT flt_gt >
FLT_HASHCODE flt_hashcode (x.floatvalue=a, x.intvalue)
FLT_ICAST flt_icast (x.intvalue=a, x.floatvalue)
FLT_ICONV flt_iconv (float)
FLT_IFLT flt_iflt (float)
FLT_IPOW flt_ipow fltIPow
FLT_ISNAN flt_isnan isnan
FLT_ISNEGATIVEZERO flt_isnegativezero fltIsNegativeZero
FLT_LE flt_le <=
FLT_LOG flt_log log
FLT_LOG10 flt_log10 log10
FLT_LT flt_lt <
FLT_MULT flt_mult *
FLT_MULT_ASSIGN flt_mult_assign *=
FLT_NE flt_ne !=
FLT_NEGATE flt_negate -
FLT_PARSE flt_parse fltParse
FLT_PLUS flt_plus (noop)
FLT_POW flt_pow pow
FLT_RAND flt_rand fltRand
FLT_ROUND flt_round a<0.0?-((inttype)(0.5-a)):(inttype)(0.5+a)
FLT_SBTR flt_sbtr -
FLT_SCI flt_sci fltSci
FLT_SHRINK flt_shrink -=
FLT_SIN flt_sin sin
FLT_SINH flt_sinh sinh
FLT_SQRT flt_sqrt sqrt
FLT_STR flt_str fltStr
FLT_TAN flt_tan tan
FLT_TANH flt_tanh tanh
FLT_TRUNC flt_trunc (inttype)
FLT_VALUE flt_value fltValue

13.14 Actions to support the graphic keyboard

Action name drwlib.c function kbd_rtl.c/drw_x11.c/drw_win.c function
GKB_BUSY_GETC gkb_busy_getc gkbKeyPressed() ? gkbGetc() : 512
GKB_BUTTON_PRESSED gkb_button_pressed gkbButtonPressed
GKB_BUTTON_XPOS gkb_button_xpos gkbButtonXpos
GKB_BUTTON_YPOS gkb_button_ypos gkbButtonYpos
GKB_GETC gkb_getc gkbGetc
GKB_GETS gkb_gets gkbGets
GKB_KEYPRESSED gkb_keypressed gkbKeyPressed
GKB_LINE_READ gkb_line_read gkbLineRead
GKB_RAW_GETC gkb_raw_getc gkbRawGetc
GKB_WINDOW gkb_window gkbWindow
GKB_WORD_READ gkb_word_read gkbWordRead

13.15 Actions for hash types

Action name hshlib.c function hsh_rtl.c function
HSH_CONTAINS hsh_contains hshContains
HSH_CPY hsh_cpy hshCpy
HSH_CREATE hsh_create hshCreate
HSH_DESTR hsh_destr hshDestr
HSH_EMPTY hsh_empty hshEmpty
HSH_EXCL hsh_excl hshExcl
HSH_FOR hsh_for for
HSH_FOR_DATA_KEY hsh_for_data_key for
HSH_FOR_KEY hsh_for_key for
HSH_IDX hsh_idx hshIdx, hshIdxAddr
HSH_IDX2 hsh_idx2  
HSH_INCL hsh_incl hshIncl
HSH_KEYS hsh_keys hshKeys
HSH_LNG hsh_lng a->size
HSH_REFIDX hsh_refidx  
HSH_VALUES hsh_values hshValues

13.16 Actions for the type integer

Action name intlib.c function int_rtl.c function
INT_ABS int_abs labs
INT_ADD int_add +
INT_BINOM int_binom intBinom
INT_BIT_LENGTH int_bit_length intBitLength
INT_CMP int_cmp intCmp
INT_CONV int_conv (noop)
INT_CPY int_cpy intCpy
INT_CREATE int_create intCreate
INT_DECR int_decr --
INT_DIV int_div /
INT_EQ int_eq ==
INT_FACT int_fact fact[a]
INT_GE int_ge >=
INT_GROW int_grow +=
INT_GT int_gt >
INT_HASHCODE int_hashcode (noop)
INT_INCR int_incr ++
INT_LE int_le <=
INT_LOG2 int_log2 intLog2
INT_LOWEST_SET_BIT int_lowest_set_bit intLowestSetBit
INT_LPAD0 int_lpad0 intLpad0
INT_LSHIFT int_lshift <<
INT_LSHIFT_ASSIGN int_lshift_assign <<=
INT_LT int_lt <
INT_MDIV int_mdiv a>0&&b<0 ? (a-1)/b-1 : a<0&&b>0 ? (a+1)/b-1 : a/b
INT_MOD int_mod c=a%b, ((a>0&&b<0) || (a<0&&b>0)) && c!=0 ? c+b : c
INT_MULT int_mult *
INT_MULT_ASSIGN int_mult_assign *=
INT_NE int_ne !=
INT_NEGATE int_negate -
INT_ODD int_odd &1
INT_ORD int_ord (noop)
INT_PARSE int_parse intParse
INT_PLUS int_plus (noop)
INT_POW int_pow intPow
INT_PRED int_pred --
INT_RADIX int_RADIX intRadix
INT_RAND int_rand intRand
INT_REM int_rem %
INT_RSHIFT int_rshift a>>b /* C with arithmetic shift */
a<0?~(~a>>b):a>>b /* C with logical shift */
INT_RSHIFT_ASSIGN int_rshift_assign a>>=b /* C with arithmetic shift */
if (a<0) a= ~(~a>>b); else a>>=b; /* C with logical shift */
INT_SBTR int_sbtr -
INT_SHRINK int_shrink -=
INT_SQRT int_sqrt intSqrt
INT_STR int_str intStr
INT_SUCC int_succ +1
INT_VALUE int_value intValue
INT_radix int_radix intRadix

13.17 Actions for interface types

Action name itflib.c function  
ITF_CMP itf_cmp uintCmpGeneric
ITF_CONV2 itf_conv2 (noop)
ITF_CPY itf_cpy =
ITF_CPY2 itf_cpy2 =
ITF_CREATE itf_create  
ITF_CREATE2 itf_create2  
ITF_DESTR itf_destr itfDestr
ITF_EQ itf_eq ==
ITF_HASHCODE itf_hashcode (inttype)(((memsizetype)a)>>6)
ITF_NE itf_ne !=
ITF_TO_HEAP itf_to_heap  
ITF_TO_INTERFACE itf_to_interface  

13.18 Actions to support the text (console) screen keyboard

Action name kbdlib.c function kbd_rtl.c/kbd_inf.c function
KBD_BUSY_GETC kbd_busy_getc kbdKeyPressed() ? kbdGetc() : 512
KBD_GETC kbd_getc kbdGetc
KBD_GETS kbd_gets kbdGets
KBD_KEYPRESSED kbd_keypressed kbdKeyPressed
KBD_LINE_READ kbd_line_read kbdLineRead
KBD_RAW_GETC kbd_raw_getc kbdRawGetc
KBD_WORD_READ kbd_word_read kbdWordRead

13.19 Actions for the list type

Action name lstlib.c function
LST_CAT lst_cat
LST_CPY lst_cpy
LST_CREATE lst_create
LST_DESTR lst_destr
LST_ELEM lst_elem
LST_EMPTY lst_empty
LST_EXCL lst_excl
LST_HEAD lst_head
LST_IDX lst_idx
LST_INCL lst_incl
LST_LNG lst_lng
LST_RANGE lst_range
LST_TAIL lst_tail

13.20 Actions for the type pollData

Action name pollib.c function pol_unx.c/pol_sel.c function
POL_ADD_CHECK pol_addCheck polAddCheck
POL_CLEAR pol_clear polClear
POL_CPY pol_cpy polCpy
POL_CREATE pol_create polCreate
POL_DESTR pol_destr polDestr
POL_EMPTY pol_empty polEmpty
POL_GET_CHECK pol_getCheck polGetCheck
POL_GET_FINDING pol_getFinding polGetFinding
POL_HAS_NEXT pol_hasNext polHasNext
POL_ITER_CHECKS pol_iterChecks polIterChecks
POL_ITER_FINDINGS pol_iterFindings polIterFindings
POL_NEXT_FILE pol_nextFile polNextFile
POL_POLL pol_poll polPoll
POL_REMOVE_CHECK pol_removeCheck polRemoveCheck
POL_VALUE pol_value polValue

13.21 Actions for proc operations and statements

Action name prclib.c function  
PRC_ARGS prc_args  
PRC_BEGIN prc_begin  
PRC_BLOCK prc_block  
PRC_BLOCK_DEF prc_block_def  
PRC_CASE prc_case switch
PRC_CASE_DEF prc_case_def switch
PRC_CPY prc_cpy  
PRC_CREATE prc_create  
PRC_DECLS prc_decls  
PRC_DYNAMIC prc_dynamic  
PRC_EXIT prc_exit exit
PRC_FOR_DOWNTO prc_for_downto for
PRC_FOR_TO prc_for_to for
PRC_HEAPSTAT prc_heapstat  
PRC_HSIZE prc_hsize heapsize
PRC_IF prc_if if
PRC_IF_ELSIF prc_if_elsif if
PRC_INCLUDE prc_include  
PRC_LOCAL prc_local  
PRC_NOOP prc_noop prcNoop
PRC_RAISE prc_raise raise_error
PRC_REPEAT prc_repeat do
PRC_RES_BEGIN prc_res_begin  
PRC_RES_LOCAL prc_res_local  
PRC_RETURN prc_return  
PRC_RETURN2 prc_return2  
PRC_SETTRACE prc_settrace  
PRC_TRACE prc_trace  
PRC_VARFUNC prc_varfunc  
PRC_VARFUNC2 prc_varfunc2  
PRC_WHILE prc_while while

13.22 Actions for the type program

Action name prglib.c function prg_comp.c function
PRG_CPY prg_cpy prgCpy
PRG_CREATE prg_create  
PRG_DECL_OBJECTS prg_decl_objects prgDeclObjects
PRG_DESTR prg_destr  
PRG_EMPTY prg_empty  
PRG_EQ prg_eq ==
PRG_ERROR_COUNT prg_error_count prgErrorCount
PRG_EVAL prg_eval prgEval
PRG_EXEC prg_exec prgExec
PRG_FIL_PARSE prg_fil_parse prgFilParse
PRG_FIND prg_find  
PRG_MATCH prg_match prgMatch
PRG_MATCH_EXPR prg_match_expr prgMatchExpr
PRG_NAME prg_name arg_0
PRG_NE prg_ne !=
PRG_PATH prg_path programPath
PRG_PROG prg_prog  
PRG_STR_PARSE prg_str_parse prgStrParse
PRG_SYOBJECT prg_syobject prgSyobject
PRG_SYSVAR prg_sysvar prgSysvar
PRG_VALUE prg_value prgValue

13.23 Actions for the type reference

Action name reflib.c function ref_data.c function
REF_ADDR ref_addr &
REF_ALLOC ref_alloc refAlloc
REF_ARRMAXIDX ref_arrmaxidx refArrmaxidx
REF_ARRMINIDX ref_arrminidx refArrminidx
REF_ARRTOLIST ref_arrtolist refArrtolist
REF_BODY ref_body refBody
REF_BUILD ref_build  
REF_CAST ref_cast  
REF_CATEGORY ref_category refCategory
REF_CAT_PARSE ref_cat_parse refCatParse
REF_CAT_STR ref_cat_str refCatStr
REF_CMP ref_cmp refCmp
REF_CONTENT ref_content  
REF_CONV ref_conv (noop)
REF_CPY ref_cpy refCpy
REF_CREATE ref_create refCreate
REF_DEREF ref_deref  
REF_EQ ref_eq ==
REF_FILE ref_file refFile
REF_FIND ref_find  
REF_HASHCODE ref_hashcode (inttype)(((memsizetype)a)>>6)
REF_HSHDATATOLIST ref_hshdatatolist refHshDataToList
REF_HSHKEYTOLIST ref_hshkeytolist refHshKeyToList
REF_ISSYMB ref_issymb  
REF_ISVAR ref_isvar refIsvar
REF_ITFTOSCT ref_itftosct refItftosct
REF_LINE ref_line refLine
REF_LOCAL_CONSTS ref_local_consts refLocalConsts
REF_LOCAL_VARS ref_local_vars refLocalVars
REF_MKREF ref_mkref  
REF_NE ref_ne !=
REF_NIL ref_nil  
REF_NUM ref_num refNum
REF_PARAMS ref_params refParams
REF_PROG ref_prog  
REF_RESINI ref_resini refResini
REF_RESULT ref_result refResult
REF_SCAN ref_scan  
REF_SCTTOLIST ref_scttolist refScttolist
REF_SELECT ref_select a->stru[b]
REF_SETCATEGORY ref_setcategory refSetCategory
REF_SETPARAMS ref_setparams refSetParams
REF_SETTYPE ref_settype refSetType
REF_STR ref_str refStr
REF_SYMB ref_symb  
REF_TRACE ref_trace printf
REF_TYPE ref_type refType
REF_VALUE ref_value refValue

13.24 Actions for the type ref_list

Action name rfllib.c function rfl_data.c function
RFL_APPEND rfl_append rflAppend
RFL_CAT rfl_cat rflCat
RFL_CPY rfl_cpy rflCpy
RFL_CREATE rfl_create rflCreate
RFL_DESTR rfl_destr rflDestr
RFL_ELEM rfl_elem rflElem
RFL_ELEMCPY rfl_elemcpy rflElemcpy
RFL_EMPTY rfl_empty  
RFL_EQ rfl_eq rflEq
RFL_EXCL rfl_excl  
RFL_EXPR rfl_expr  
RFL_FOR rfl_for for
RFL_FOR_UNTIL rfl_for_until for
RFL_HEAD rfl_head rflHead
RFL_IDX rfl_idx rflIdx
RFL_INCL rfl_incl rflIncl
RFL_IPOS rfl_ipos rflIpos
RFL_LNG rfl_lng rflLng
RFL_MKLIST rfl_mklist rflMklist
RFL_NE rfl_ne rflNe
RFL_NOT_ELEM rfl_not_elem !rflElem
RFL_POS rfl_pos rflPos
RFL_RANGE rfl_range rflRange
RFL_SETVALUE rfl_setvalue rflSetvalue
RFL_TAIL rfl_tail rflTail
RFL_TRACE rfl_trace  
RFL_VALUE rfl_value rflValue

13.25 Actions for struct types

Action name sctlib.c function  
SCT_ALLOC sct_alloc  
SCT_CAT sct_cat  
SCT_CONV sct_conv  
SCT_CPY sct_cpy cpy_ ...
SCT_CREATE sct_create create_ ...
SCT_DESTR sct_destr destr_ ...
SCT_ELEM sct_elem  
SCT_EMPTY sct_empty  
SCT_INCL sct_incl  
SCT_LNG sct_lng  
SCT_REFIDX sct_refidx  
SCT_SELECT sct_select a->stru[b]

13.26 Actions for set types

Action name setlib.c function set_rtl.c function
SET_ARRLIT set_arrlit setArrlit
SET_BASELIT set_baselit setBaselit
SET_CARD set_card setCard
SET_CMP set_cmp setCmp
SET_CONV set_conv (noop)
SET_CPY set_cpy setCpy
SET_CREATE set_create setCreate
SET_DESTR set_destr setDestr
SET_DIFF set_diff setDiff
SET_ELEM set_elem setElem
SET_EMPTY set_empty  
SET_EQ set_eq setEq
SET_EXCL set_excl setExcl
SET_GE set_ge setIsSubset(b, a)
SET_GT set_gt setIsProperSubset(b, a)
SET_HASHCODE set_hashcode setHashCode
SET_ICONV set_iconv setIConv
SET_INCL set_incl setIncl
SET_INTERSECT set_intersect setIntersect
SET_LE set_le setIsSubset
SET_LT set_lt setIsProperSubset
SET_MAX set_max setMax
SET_MIN set_min setMin
SET_NE set_ne setNe
SET_NEXT set_next setNext
SET_NOT_ELEM set_not_elem !setElem
SET_RAND set_rand setRand
SET_RANGELIT set_rangelit setRangelit
SET_SCONV set_sconv setSConv
SET_SYMDIFF set_symdiff setSymdiff
SET_UNION set_union setUnion
SET_VALUE set_value setValue

13.27 Actions for the type PRIMITIVE_SOCKET

Action name strlib.c function str_rtl.c function
SOC_ACCEPT soc_accept socAccept
SOC_ADDR_FAMILY soc_addr_family socAddrFamily
SOC_ADDR_NUMERIC soc_addr_numeric socAddrNumeric
SOC_ADDR_SERVICE soc_addr_service socAddrService
SOC_BIND soc_bind socBind
SOC_CLOSE soc_close socClose
SOC_CONNECT soc_connect socConnect
SOC_CPY soc_cpy =
SOC_CREATE soc_create  
SOC_EMPTY soc_empty  
SOC_EQ soc_eq ==
SOC_GETC soc_getc socGetc
SOC_GETS soc_gets socGets
SOC_GET_ADDR soc_get_addr socGetAddr
SOC_GET_HOSTNAME soc_get_hostname socGetHostname
SOC_HAS_NEXT soc_has_next socHasNext
SOC_INET_ADDR soc_inet_addr socInetAddr
SOC_INET_LOCAL_ADDR soc_inet_local_addr socInetLocalAddr
SOC_INET_SERV_ADDR soc_inet_serv_addr socInetServAddr
SOC_INPUT_READY soc_input_ready socInputReady
SOC_LINE_READ soc_line_read socLineRead
SOC_LISTEN soc_listen socListen
SOC_NE soc_ne !=
SOC_RECV soc_recv socRecv
SOC_RECVFROM soc_recvfrom socRecvfrom
SOC_SEND soc_send socSend
SOC_SENDTO soc_sendto socSendto
SOC_SOCKET soc_socket socSocket
SOC_WORD_READ soc_word_read socWordRead
SOC_WRITE soc_write socWrite

13.28 Actions for the type string

Action name strlib.c function str_rtl.c function
STR_APPEND str_append strAppend
STR_CAT str_cat strConcat, strConcatTemp
STR_CHIPOS str_chipos strChIpos
STR_CHPOS str_chpos strChPos
STR_CHSPLIT str_chsplit strChSplit
STR_CLIT str_clit strCLit
STR_CMP str_cmp strCompare
STR_CPY str_cpy strCopy
STR_CREATE str_create strCreate
STR_DESTR str_destr strDestr
STR_ELEMCPY str_elemcpy a->mem[b-1]=c
STR_EQ str_eq a->size==b->size && memcmp(a,b,a->size*sizeof(strelemtype))==0
STR_GE str_ge strGe
STR_GT str_gt strGt
STR_HASHCODE str_hashcode strHashCode
STR_HEAD str_head strHead
STR_IDX str_idx a->mem[b-1]
STR_IPOS str_ipos strIpos
STR_LE str_le strLe
STR_LIT str_lit strLit
STR_LNG str_lng a->size
STR_LOW str_low strLow, strLowTemp
STR_LPAD str_lpad strLpad
STR_LPAD0 str_lpad0 strLpad0, strLpad0Temp
STR_LT str_lt strLt
STR_MULT str_mult strMult
STR_NE str_ne a->size!=b->size || memcmp(a,b,a->size*sizeof(strelemtype))!=0
STR_POS str_pos strPos
STR_POSCPY str_poscpy memcpy
STR_PUSH str_push strPush
STR_RANGE str_range strRange
STR_RCHIPOS str_rchipos strRChIpos
STR_RCHPOS str_rchpos strRChPos
STR_REPL str_repl strRepl
STR_RIPOS str_ripos strRIPos
STR_RPAD str_rpad strRpad
STR_RPOS str_rpos strRpos
STR_SPLIT str_split strSplit
STR_STR str_str (noop)
STR_SUBSTR str_substr strSubstr
STR_TAIL str_tail strTail
STR_TOUTF8 str_toutf8 strToUtf8
STR_TRIM str_trim strTrim
STR_UP str_up strUp, strUpTemp
STR_UTF8TOSTRI str_utf8tostri strUtf8ToStri
STR_VALUE str_value strValue

13.29 Actions for the type time

Action name timlib.c function tim_unx.c/tim_win.c function
TIM_AWAIT tim_await timAwait
TIM_FROM_TIMESTAMP tim_from_timestamp timFromTimestamp
TIM_NOW tim_now timNow
TIM_SET_LOCAL_TZ tim_set_local_tz timSetLocalTZ

13.30 Actions for the type type

Action name typlib.c function typ_data.c function
TYP_ADDINTERFACE typ_addinterface  
TYP_CMP typ_cmp typCmp
TYP_CPY typ_cpy typCpy
TYP_CREATE typ_create typCreate
TYP_DESTR typ_destr typDestr
TYP_EQ typ_eq ==
TYP_FUNC typ_func typFunc
TYP_GENSUB typ_gensub  
TYP_GENTYPE typ_gentype  
TYP_HASHCODE typ_hashcode (inttype)(((memsizetype)a)>>6)
TYP_ISDECLARED typ_isdeclared  
TYP_ISDERIVED typ_isderived typIsDerived
TYP_ISFORWARD typ_isforward  
TYP_ISFUNC typ_isfunc typIsFunc
TYP_ISVARFUNC typ_isvarfunc typIsVarfunc
TYP_MATCHOBJ typ_matchobj typMatchobj
TYP_META typ_meta typMeta
TYP_NE typ_ne !=
TYP_NUM typ_num typNum
TYP_RESULT typ_result typResult
TYP_STR typ_str typStr
TYP_VALUE typ_value typValue
TYP_VARCONV typ_varconv  
TYP_VARFUNC typ_varfunc typVarfunc

13.31 Actions for the type utf8_file

Action name ut8lib.c function ut8_rtl.c function
UT8_GETC ut8_getc ut8Getc
UT8_GETS ut8_gets ut8Gets
UT8_LINE_READ ut8_line_read ut8LineRead
UT8_SEEK ut8_seek ut8Seek
UT8_WORD_READ ut8_word_read ut8WordRead
UT8_WRITE ut8_write ut8Write

14. FOREIGN FUNCTION INTERFACE

Foreign functions cannot be called directly. It is necessary to write wrapper functions. Several things must be done to call a foreign function:

In general two functions are needed: A wrapper function and an action function. The corresponding function definitions can be placed in two *.c files. Corresponding *.h files contain prototypes. Assume, we have the library "superlib" and the function doWurx1 from "superlib" should be called from a Seed7 program. The three letter abbreviation sup is used to determine the file and function names for wrapper and action. The following files and functions are used:

File Function Comment
superlib.a doWurx1 External library (the extension may vary)
superlib.h doWurx1 Prototype of the external C function
sup_rtl.c supDoWurx1 Wrapper function
sup_rtl.h supDoWurx1 Prototype of the wrapper function
suplib.c sup_doWurx1 Action function
suplib.h sup_doWurx1 Prototype of the action function
primitiv.c   Alphabetical list of all primitive actions
makefile   Makefile name depends on operating system and compiler
superlib.s7i doWurx1 Introduces the external function to a Seed7 program

The C prototype of doWurx1 is defined in the file "superlib.h":

int doWurx1 (char *name);

This function accepts an UTF-8 'name' and it returns 0 on success. Every other return value indicates that the string is too long. In this case the exception RANGE_ERROR should be raised. The wrapper function is defined in the file "sup_rtl.c" with:

#include "version.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#include "superlib.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "striutl.h"
#include "rtl_err.h"

void supDoWurx1 (const stritype name)
  {
    cstritype cName;
    int wurxResult;

    cName = cp_to_cstri8(name);
    if (cName == NULL) {
      raise_error(MEMORY_ERROR);
    } else {
      wurxResult = doWurx1(cName);
      free_cstri(cName);
      if (wurxResult != 0) {
        raise_error(RANGE_ERROR);
      }
    }
  }

The prototype of supDoWurx1 is defined in the file "sup_rtl.h" with:

void supDoWurx1 (const stritype name);

The action function for supDoWurx1 is defined in the file "suplib.c" with:

#include "version.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "data.h"
#include "syvarutl.h"
#include "objutl.h"
#include "sup_rtl.h"

objecttype sup_doWurx1 (listtype arguments)
  {
    isit_stri(arg_1(arguments));
    supDoWurx1(take_stri(arg_1(arguments)));
    return SYS_EMPTY_OBJECT;
  }

The prototype of sup_doWurx1 is defined in the file "suplib.h" with:

objecttype sup_doWurx1 (listtype arguments);

The action is introduced to the interpreter, by changing the file "primitiv.c". An include directive for "suplib.h" must be added:

#include "strlib.h"
#include "suplib.h"
#include "timlib.h"

The file "primitiv.c" contains a list of alphabetically sorted primitive actions. Each action entry takes a line. It is important to add the new action "SUP_DO_WURX" at the correct place:

{ "STR_VALUE",               str_value,               },

{ "SUP_DO_WURX",             sup_doWurx1,             },

{ "TIM_AWAIT",               tim_await,               },

The new files must be added to the makefile. Depending on C compiler and operating system Seed7 uses several makefiles. In the correct "makefile" suplib and sup_rtl must be added to lists of source and object files. Adding the suplib object file results in:

LOBJ = actlib.o arrlib.o biglib.o blnlib.o bstlib.o chrlib.o cmdlib.o conlib.o dcllib.o drwlib.o \
       enulib.o fillib.o fltlib.o hshlib.o intlib.o itflib.o kbdlib.o lstlib.o pollib.o prclib.o \
       prglib.o reflib.o rfllib.o sctlib.o setlib.o soclib.o strlib.o suplib.o timlib.o typlib.o ut8lib.o

Adding the "suplib" source file results in:

LSRC = actlib.c arrlib.c biglib.c blnlib.c bstlib.c chrlib.c cmdlib.c conlib.c dcllib.c drwlib.c \
       enulib.c fillib.c fltlib.c hshlib.c intlib.c itflib.c kbdlib.c lstlib.c pollib.c prclib.c \
       prglib.c reflib.c rfllib.c sctlib.c setlib.c soclib.c strlib.c suplib.c timlib.c typlib.c ut8lib.c

and object files. Adding the sup_rtl object file results in:

ROBJ = arr_rtl.o bln_rtl.o bst_rtl.o chr_rtl.o cmd_rtl.o con_rtl.o dir_rtl.o drw_rtl.o fil_rtl.o \
       flt_rtl.o hsh_rtl.o int_rtl.o set_rtl.o soc_rtl.o str_rtl.o sup_rtl.o tim_rtl.o ut8_rtl.o \
       heaputl.o striutl.o

Adding the "sup_rtl" source file results in:

RSRC = arr_rtl.c bln_rtl.c bst_rtl.c chr_rtl.c cmd_rtl.c con_rtl.c dir_rtl.c drw_rtl.c fil_rtl.c \
       flt_rtl.c hsh_rtl.c int_rtl.c set_rtl.c soc_rtl.c str_rtl.c sup_rtl.c tim_rtl.c ut8_rtl.c \
       heaputl.c striutl.c

The external library "superlib" itself is added with:

SYSTEM_LIBS = -lm superlib.a

The interpreter must be compiled, so the changes can take effect. To actually call the new function it must be introduced in a Seed7 library. This is done with the library "super.s7i":

const proc: doWurx1 (in string: name) is action "SUP_DO_WURX";

14.1 C types used by the implementation

Several Seed7 types correspond to simple C types, which are defined in "common.h":

Seed7 type C type Comment
boolean booltype int
integer inttype 32- or 64-bit signed int
float floattype float (or double)
char chartype 32-bit unsigned int
clib_file filetype FILE *
PRIMITIVE_SOCKET sockettype int or unsigned int

Other Seed7 types correspond to C pointers, which point to a struct. Some of this structs are used in all situations: In the interpreter and in the compiler and under different operation systems and with different runtime libraries. This invariant structs are defined in "common.h" and in "data.h":

Seed7 type C type C struct Comment
string stritype struct stristruct UTF-32 encoded, can contain null chars
set settype struct setstruct  
bstring bstritype struct bstristruct Byte sequence, can contain null bytes
reference objecttype struct objectstruct Interpreter type for Seed7 objects
ref_list listtype struct liststruct Interpreter type for Seed7 object lists

Other Seed7 types also correspond to struct pointers, but the structs are different in interpreted and compiled Seed7 programs. The structs for interpreted programs are defined in "data.h" and the structs for compiled programs are defined in "data_rtl.h":

Seed7 type C type (interpreted) C struct (interpreted) C type (compiled) C struct (compiled)
array arraytype struct stristruct rtlArraytype struct rtlArraystruct
hash hashtype struct hashstruct rtlHashtype struct rtlHashstruct
struct structtype struct structstruct rtlStructtype struct rtlStructstruct

Because interpreter and compiler use different structs the functions from e.g. "arrlib.c" cannot use functions from "arr_rtl.c".

Some Seed7 types depend on the operating system or runtime library used:

Seed7 type C type Defined as Sourcefile Comment
bigInteger biginttype struct bigintstruct * big_rtl.c The built-in bigInteger library
biginttype mpz_ptr big_gmp.c The GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic Library
pollData polltype struct select_based_pollstruct * pol_sel.c Functions cast it to implementation dependent struct
polltype struct poll_based_pollstruct * pol_unx.c Functions cast it to implementation dependent struct
PRIMITIVE_WINDOW wintype struct x11_winstruct * drw_x11.c Functions cast from winstruct * to x11_winstruct *
wintype struct win_winstruct * drw_win.c Functions cast from winstruct * to win_winstruct *

There are also C types without corresponding Seed7 type. They are defined in "common.h":

C type C definition Comment
cstritype char * String type of the C compiler
ustritype unsigned char * Helpful for unsigned comparisons
os_stritype char * When the OS uses UTF-8 chars
wchar_t * When the OS uses UTF-16 chars
int32type int When sizeof(int) == 4
long When sizeof(long) == 4
uint32type unsigned int32type Unsigned integer type with the size of int32type
int64type long When sizeof(long) == 8
long long When sizeof(long long) == 8
__int64 When sizeof(__int64) == 8
uint64type unsigned int64type Unsigned integer type with the size of int64type
uinttype unsigned inttype Unsigned integer type with the size of inttype
memsizetype uint32type When C uses 32-bit pointers
uint64type When C uses 64-bit pointers

14.2 String and path conversions

Seed7 strings are UTF-32 encoded and C strings are zero terminated byte sequences. To convert between the different representations, "striutl.h" defines conversion functions like cp_to_cstri8, stri_to_bstri, stri_to_bstri8, cstri_to_stri, cstri8_to_stri and cstri8_or_cstri_to_stri. Operating systems disagree in their Unicode encoding (UTF-8 or UTF-16). To cope with this, "striutl.h" defines the type os_stritype and the functions conv_from_os_stri, stri_to_os_stri and os_stri_to_stri. The different concepts to represent a file path (path delimiter and drive letter) are handled with cp_to_os_path and cp_from_os_path.

Function Summary
cstritype
cp_to_cstri8 (const_stritype stri)
Create an UTF-8 encoded C string from a Seed7 UTF-32 string.
bstritype
stri_to_bstri (const_stritype stri)
Create an ISO-8859-1 encoded bstring from a Seed7 UTF-32 string.
bstritype
stri_to_bstri8 (const_stritype stri)
Create an UTF-8 encoded bstring from a Seed7 UTF-32 string.
stritype
cstri_to_stri (const_cstritype cstri)
Copy an ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1) encoded C string to a Seed7 string.
stritype
cstri8_to_stri (const_cstritype cstri)
Copy an UTF-8 encoded C string to a Seed7 string.
stritype
cstri8_or_cstri_to_stri (const_cstritype cstri)
Copy an UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1 encoded C string to a Seed7 string.
stritype
conv_from_os_stri (const const_os_stritype os_stri, memsizetype length)
Convert an os_stritype string with length to a Seed7 UTF-32 string.
os_stritype
stri_to_os_stri (const_stritype stri, errinfotype *err_info)
Convert a Seed7 UTF-32 string to a null terminated os_stritype string.
stritype
os_stri_to_stri (const_os_stritype os_stri, errinfotype *err_info)
Convert a null terminated os_stritype string to a Seed7 UTF-32 string.
os_stritype
cp_to_os_path (const_stritype std_path, int *path_info, errinfotype *err_info)
Convert a Seed7 standard path to a path used by system calls.
stritype
cp_from_os_path (const_os_stritype os_path, errinfotype *err_info)
Convert a path returned by a system call to a Seed7 standard path.

Function Detail

cp_to_cstri8

cstritype cp_to_cstri8 (const_stritype stri)

Create an UTF-8 encoded C string from a Seed7 UTF-32 string. The memory for the zero byte terminated C string is allocated. The C string result must be freed with the macro free_cstri(). This function is intended to create temporary strings, that are used as parameters. To get good performance the allocated memory for the C string is oversized. No special action is done, when the UTF-32 string contains a null character.

Parameters:
stri - Seed7 UTF-32 string to be converted.
Returns:
an UTF-8 encoded null terminated C string or NULL, when the memory allocation failed.

stri_to_bstri

bstritype stri_to_bstri (const_stritype stri)

Create an ISO-8859-1 encoded bstring from a Seed7 UTF-32 string. The memory for the bstring is allocated. No zero byte is added to the end of the bstring. No special action is done, when the UTF-32 string contains a null character. When the UTF-32 string contains a character beyond ISO-8859-1 the bstring will end with the last ISO-8859-1 character. When the first UTF-32 character is beyond ISO-8859-1 an empty bstring is returned. The conversion was successful, when the bstring has the same size as the UTF-32 string.

Parameters:
stri - Seed7 UTF-32 string to be converted.
Returns:
an ISO-8859-1 encoded bstring or NULL, when the memory allocation failed.

stri_to_bstri8

bstritype stri_to_bstri8 (const_stritype stri)

Create an UTF-8 encoded bstring from a Seed7 UTF-32 string. The memory for the bstring is allocated. No zero byte is added to the end of the bstring. No special action is done, when the original string contains a null character.

Parameters:
stri - Seed7 UTF-32 string to be converted.
Returns:
an UTF-8 encoded bstring or NULL, when the memory allocation failed.

cstri_to_stri

stritype cstri_to_stri (const_cstritype cstri)

Copy an ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1) encoded C string to a Seed7 string. The memory for the UTF-32 encoded Seed7 string is allocated.

Parameters:
cstri - null terminated ISO-8859-1 encoded C string.
Returns:
an UTF-32 encoded Seed7 string or NULL, when the memory allocation failed.

cstri8_to_stri

stritype cstri8_to_stri (const_cstritype cstri)

Copy an UTF-8 encoded C string to a Seed7 string. The memory for the UTF-32 encoded Seed7 string is allocated.

Parameters:
cstri - null terminated UTF-8 encoded C string.
Returns:
an UTF-32 encoded Seed7 string or NULL, when the memory allocation failed or when illegal UTF-8 encodings are used.

cstri8_or_cstri_to_stri

stritype cstri8_or_cstri_to_stri (const_cstritype cstri)

Copy an UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1 encoded C string to a Seed7 string. The memory for the UTF-32 encoded Seed7 string is allocated.

Parameters:
cstri - null terminated UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1 encoded C string.
Returns:
an UTF-32 encoded Seed7 string or NULL, when the memory allocation failed.

conv_from_os_stri

stritype conv_from_os_stri (const const_os_stritype os_stri, memsizetype length)

Convert an os_stritype string with length to a Seed7 UTF-32 string. Many system calls return os_stritype data with length. System calls are defined in "version.h" and "os_decls.h". They are prefixed with os_ and use strings of the type os_stritype. Depending on the operating system os_stritype can describe byte or wide char strings. The encoding can be Latin-1, UTF-8, UTF-16 or it can use a code page.

Parameters:
os_stri - possibly binary string (may contain null characters).
length - length of os_stri.
Returns:
a Seed7 UTF-32 string or NULL, when an error occurred.

stri_to_os_stri

os_stritype stri_to_os_stri (const_stritype stri, errinfotype *err_info)

Convert a Seed7 UTF-32 string to a null terminated os_stritype string. The memory for the null terminated os_stritype string is allocated. The os_stritype result must be freed with the macro os_stri_free(). Many system calls have parameters with null terminated os_stritype strings. System calls are defined in "version.h" and "os_decls.h". They are prefixed with os_ and use strings of the type os_stritype. Depending on the operating system os_stritype can describe byte or wide char strings. The encoding can be Latin-1, UTF-8, UTF-16 or it can use a code page.

Parameters:
stri - Seed7 UTF-32 string to be converted.
err_info - unchanged when the function succeeds or MEMORY_ERROR when the memory allocation failed or RANGE_ERROR when the conversion failed.
Returns:
a null terminated os_stritype value used by system calls or NULL, when an error occurred.

os_stri_to_stri

stritype os_stri_to_stri (const_os_stritype os_stri, errinfotype *err_info)

Convert a null terminated os_stritype string to a Seed7 UTF-32 string. Many system calls return null terminated os_stritype strings. System calls are defined in "version.h" and "os_decls.h". They are prefixed with os_ and use strings of the type os_stritype. Depending on the operating system os_stritype can describe byte or wide char strings. The encoding can be Latin-1, UTF-8, UTF-16 or it can use a code page.

Parameters:
os_stri - null terminated os_stritype string to be converted.
err_info - unchanged when the function succeeds or MEMORY_ERROR when the memory allocation failed.
Returns:
a Seed7 UTF-32 string or NULL, when an error occurred.

cp_to_os_path

os_stritype cp_to_os_path (const_stritype std_path, int *path_info, errinfotype *err_info)

Convert a Seed7 standard path to a path used by system calls. The memory for the null terminated os_stritype path is allocated. The os_stritype result must be freed with the macro os_stri_free(). System calls are defined in "version.h" and "os_decls.h". They are prefixed with os_ and use system paths of the type os_stritype. Depending on the operating system os_stritype can describe byte or wide char strings. The encoding can be Latin-1, UTF-8, UTF-16 or it can use a code page. Beyond the conversion to os_stritype a mapping to drive letters might take place on some operating systems.

Parameters:
std_path - UTF-32 encoded Seed7 standard path to be converted.
path_info - unchanged when the function succeeds or PATH_IS_EMULATED_ROOT when the path is "/". PATH_NOT_MAPPED when the path cannot be mapped.
err_info - unchanged when the function succeeds or MEMORY_ERROR when the memory allocation failed or RANGE_ERROR when the path is not a standard path.
Returns:
a null terminated os_stritype path used by system calls or NULL, when an error occurred.

cp_from_os_path

stritype cp_from_os_path (const_os_stritype os_path, errinfotype *err_info)

Convert a path returned by a system call to a Seed7 standard path. System calls are defined in "version.h" and "os_decls.h". They are prefixed with os_ and use system paths of the type os_stritype. Depending on the operating system os_stritype can describe byte or wide char strings. The encoding can be Latin-1, UTF-8, UTF-16 or it can use a code page. Beyond the conversion from os_stritype a mapping from drive letters might take place on some operating systems.

Parameters:
os_path - null terminated os_stritype path to be converted.
err_info - unchanged when the function succeeds or MEMORY_ERROR when the memory allocation failed.
Returns:
an UTF-32 encoded Seed7 standard path or NULL, when the memory allocation failed.

14.3 Macros to access the action parameters

A primitive action function has one parameter named 'arguments'. The 'arguments' parameter has the type listtype and contains a list of objects. Macros like arg_1, arg_2, arg_3, etc. get a specific object from the 'arguments'.

Functions (macros) to get a Seed7 object from a list
objecttype
arg_1 (listtype arguments)
Take the first object from the list.
objecttype
arg_2 (listtype arguments)
Take the second object from the list.
objecttype
arg_3 (listtype arguments)
Take the third object from the list.
. . .
. . .
objecttype
arg_12 (listtype arguments)
Take the twelfth object from the list.

An object value contains a specific C implementation type. Macros like isit_char and isit_set check if an object has the requested type. When the object has not the requested C implementation type and error message is written.

Functions (macros) to check the C type of Seed7 objects
void
isit_array (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is arraytype.
void
isit_bigint (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is biginttype.
void
isit_bool (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is booltype.
void
isit_bstri (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is bstritype.
void
isit_char (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is chartype.
void
isit_file (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is filetype.
void
isit_float (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is floattype.
void
isit_hash (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is hashtype.
void
isit_int (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is inttype.
void
isit_poll (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is polltype.
void
isit_set (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is settype.
void
isit_socket (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is sockettype.
void
isit_stri (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is stritype.
void
isit_struct (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is structtype.
void
isit_win (objecttype arg)
Check if the object type is wintype.

Macros like take_bool and take_file return a value with the requested C implementation type.

Functions (macros) to get the C values of Seed7 objects
arraytype
take_array (objecttype arg)
Take the array value from an object.
biginttype
take_bigint (objecttype arg)
Take the bigInteger value from an object.
booltype
take_bool (objecttype arg)
Take the boolean value from an object.
bstritype
take_bstri (objecttype arg)
Take the bstring value from an object.
chartype
take_char (objecttype arg)
Take the char value from an object.
filetype
take_file (objecttype arg)
Take the file value from an object.
floattype
take_float (objecttype arg)
Take the float value from an object.
hashtype
take_hash (objecttype arg)
Take the hash table value from an object.
inttype
take_int (objecttype arg)
Take the integer value from an object.
polltype
take_poll (objecttype arg)
Take the poll data value from an object.
settype
take_set (objecttype arg)
Take the set value from an object.
sockettype
take_socket (objecttype arg)
Take the socket value from an object.
stritype
take_stri (objecttype arg)
Take the string value from an object.
structtype
take_struct (objecttype arg)
Take the struct value from an object.
wintype
take_win (objecttype arg)
Take the struct value from an object.

14.4 Functions to create action results

A primitive action function has a result of type objecttype. Functions like bld_bigint_temp and bld_stri_temp create an object with the specified type.

Functions to create Seed7 objects with a C value
objecttype
bld_array_temp (arraytype temp_array)
Create an object with an arraytype value.
objecttype
bld_bigint_temp (biginttype temp_bigint)
Create an object with a biginttype value.
objecttype
bld_bstri_temp (bstritype temp_bstri)
Create an object with a bstritype value.
objecttype
bld_char_temp (chartype temp_char)
Create an object with a chartype value.
objecttype
bld_file_temp (filetype temp_file)
Create an object with a filetype value.
objecttype
bld_float_temp (floattype temp_float)
Create an object with a floattype value.
objecttype
bld_hash_temp (hashtype temp_hash)
Create an object with a hashtype value.
objecttype
bld_int_temp (inttype temp_int)
Create an object with an inttype value.
objecttype
bld_poll_temp (polltype temp_poll)
Create an object with a polltype value.
objecttype
bld_set_temp (settype temp_set)
Create an object with a settype value.
objecttype
bld_socket_temp (sockettype temp_socket)
Create an object with a sockettype value.
objecttype
bld_stri_temp (stritype temp_stri)
Create an object with a stritype value.
objecttype
bld_struct_temp (structtype temp_struct)
Create an object with a structtype value.
objecttype
bld_win_temp (wintype temp_win)
Create an object with a wintype value.

15. ERRORS

15.1 Compile time errors

The compile time errors are not fatal (the program can execute) except for the error 1 (Out of heap space) which terminates the compilation process and no execution occurs. The following compile time errors exist:

1: Fatal Error: Out of heap space
2: File "%s" not found
3: Include file "%s" not found
4: "END OF FILE" encountered
5: Illegal character in text "%s"
6: Unclosed comment
7: Illegal pragma "%s"
8: Illegal action "%s"
9: Illegal system declaration "%s"
10: Integer "%s" too big
11: Negative exponent in integer literal
12: Digit expected found "%s"
13: Integer "%dE%s" too big
14: Integer base "%ld" not between 2 and 36
15: Extended digit expected found "%s"
16: Illegal digit "%c" in based integer "%d#%s"
17: Based integer "%d#%s" too big
18: "'" expected found "%s"
19: Character literal exceeds source line
20: Use \" instead of "" to represent " in a string
21: Use / instead of \\ as path delimiter
22: Illegal string escape "\%s"
23: Numerical escape sequences should end with "\" not "%s");
24: String continuations should end with "\" not "%s");
25: String literal exceeds source line
26: Name expected found "%s"
27: Integer literal expected found "%s"
28: String literal expected found "%s"
29: Identifier expected found "%s"
30: Expression expected found "%s"
31: Declaration of parameter %s failed
32: Declaration of "%s" failed
33: Exception "%s" raised
34: "%s" declared twice
35: "%s" not declared
36: Associativity expected found "%s"
37: Statement priority "%s" too big
38: Syntax with two parameters before operator is illegal
39: Empty syntax declaration
40: Dot expression requested as syntax description
41: "%s" redeclared with infix priority %d not %d
42: "%s" redeclared with prefix priority %d not %d
43: Priority %d required for parameter after "%s" not %d
44: Priority <= %d expected found "%s" with priority %d
45: "%s" must have priority %d not %d for dot expression
46: "%s" expected found "%s"
47: "%s" expected found "%s"
48: Undefined type for literal "%s"
49: "newtype", "subtype", "func", "enumlit" or "action" expected found "%s"
50: "func" or "type" expected found "%s"
51: Match for %s failed
52: Variable expected in %s found %s
53: Type expected found %s
54: Procedure expected found %s expression
55: Parameter specifier expected found "%s"
56: Evaluate type expression %s failed
57: Overlong UTF-8 encoding used for character "%s" (U+%04x)
58: UTF-16 surrogate character found in UTF-8 encoding "%s" (U+%04x)
59: Non Unicode character found "%s" (U+%04x)
60: UTF-8 continuation byte expected found "%s" (U+%04x)
Undefined error

15.2 Exceptions

There are various exceptions, which can be raised during program execution:

MEMORY_ERROR:
May be raised by various operations of the following types:
array, struct, hash, file, func, proc, reference, string.
Additionally the interpreter kernel may raise this exception also.
NUMERIC_ERROR:
May be raised from the following integer operations:
!, **, div, rem, mdiv, mod, sqrt, log2.
May be raised from the following bigInteger operations:
!, **, div, rem, mdiv, mod, sqrt, log2.
RANGE_ERROR:
May be raised from the following boolean operations:
parse, rand.
May be raised from the following integer operations:
parse, radix, RADIX, rand.
May be raised from the following bigInteger operations:
parse, radix, RADIX, rand, ord, bitLength, modInverse.
May be raised from the following rational operations:
parse.
May be raised from the following bigRational operations:
parse.
May be raised from the following float operations:
parse, rand.
May be raised from the following char operations:
chr, rand.
May be raised from the following string operations:
[, @:=, mult, pos, rpos.
May be raised from the following bitset operations:
conv, parse, min, max, rand.
May be raised from the following array operations:
[, times, remove, rand.
May be raised from the following hash operations:
[.
May be raised from the following category operations:
parse.
May be raised from the following ref_list operations:
[, @:=, pos.
May be raised from the following file operations:
open, write, gets, length, seek, tell.
FILE_ERROR:
May be raised by the following functions:
fileSize, bigFileSize, fileType, fileTypeSL, fileMode, setFileMode, readDir, removeFile, removeAnyFile, moveFile, cloneFile, copyFile, readlink, symlink, hasNext, seek, tell, bigTell, setbuf, write, inetSocketAddress, inetListenerAddress, openInetSocket, openInetListener.
ILLEGAL_ACTION:
May be raised by the interpreter kernel when a primitive action does not point to any legal action. This check is only done when the s7 interpreter is compiled with '#define WITH_ACTION_CHECK'. The ILLEGAL_ACTION exception is also raised when the primitive action ACT_ILLEGAL is executed.

A program can raise an exception with the raise statement. For example:

raise RANGE_ERROR;

15.3 Handlers

To catch an EXCEPTION the following handler construct can be used:

block
  number := 1 div 0;
exception
  catch NUMERIC_ERROR:
    number := 1;
end block;

It is also possible to catch several EXCEPTIONS:

block
  doSomething(someValue);
exception
  catch MEMORY_ERROR:  writeln("MEMORY_ERROR");
  catch NUMERIC_ERROR: writeln("NUMERIC_ERROR");
end block;

15.4 Stack trace

When an EXCEPTION is not caught the program is terminated and the s7 interpreter writes a stack trace:

*** Uncaught EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR raised with
{integer: <SYMBOLOBJECT> *NULL_ENTITY_OBJECT* div fuel_max }

Stack:
in (val integer: dividend) div (val integer: divisor) at integer.s7i(95)
in init_display at lander.sd7(840)
in setup at lander.sd7(909)
in main at lander.sd7(1541)

The stack trace shows that a 'NUMERIC_ERROR' was raised by the div operation. This operation is defined in line 95 of integer.s7i. More interesting is that div was called from the function 'init_display' in line 840 of lander.sd7. A 'NUMERIC_ERROR' with div is probably caused by a zero division. A short examination in lander.sd7 shows that an assignment to 'fuel_max' was commented out to show how stack traces work.

A compiled program creates a much shorter crash message:

*** Uncaught EXCEPTION NUMERIC_ERROR raised at tmp_lander.c(764)

To get more information there are two possibilities:

When s7c is called with the option -g it instructs the C compiler to generate debugging information. This way a debugger like gdb can run the program and provide information. The option -e tells the compiler to generate code which sends a signal, when an uncaught exception occurs. This option allows debuggers to handle uncaught Seed7 exceptions. Note that -e sends the signal SIGFPE. This is done even when the exception is not related to floating point operations.

./s7 s7c -g -e lander
gdb ./lander

Then the debugger should be able to run the program and to write a backtrace when a crash occurs:

(gdb) run
Starting program: /home/tm/seed7_5/prg/lander

Program received signal SIGFPE, Arithmetic exception.
0x08068518 in o_2541_init_display () at lander.sd7:840
840         fuel_gauge := 40 * rocket.fuel div fuel_max;
(gdb) bt
#0  0x08068518 in o_2541_init_display () at lander.sd7:840
#1  0x08068c21 in o_2546_setup () at lander.sd7:909
#2  0x0806c304 in main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff324) at lander.sd7:1541

Sometimes it is helpful to debug the generated C program instead of the Seed7 source. The option -g-debug_c creates debug information, which refers to the C program generated by the Seed7 compiler:

./s7 s7c -g-debug_c -e lander
gdb ./lander

Now the debugger refers to the temporary file tmp_lander.c:

(gdb) run
Starting program: /home/tm/seed7_5/prg/lander

Program received signal SIGFPE, Arithmetic exception.
0x08068518 in o_2541_init_display () at tmp_lander.c:19727
19727   o_2428_fuel_gauge=((40) * (((structtype)(o_2338_rocket))->stru[10].value.intvalue/*->o_2336_fuel*/)) / (o_2431_fuel_max);
(gdb) bt
#0  0x08068518 in o_2541_init_display () at tmp_lander.c:19727
#1  0x08068c21 in o_2546_setup () at tmp_lander.c:19864
#2  0x0806c304 in main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff324) at tmp_lander.c:21188

Some Seed7 exceptions do not send signals. This hinders the debugger to recognize that an uncaught exception occurred. The compiler option -e can help in this situation. It instructs the compiler to generate code which sends a signal when an uncaught exception occurs. This allows the debugger to show a backtrace for uncaught Seed7 exceptions.

15.5 Other errors and warnings

No more memory. Program terminated.
This error message is displayed after the compile time error 1 (Out of heap space) . The file name and line number of the analyzer source code where this happens is displayed together with internal heap information.
System declaration for main missing
Each program must contain a system declaration that describes which procedure to start as first one.
EXCEPTION %s raised with
If your trace level specifies exception tracing exceptions and handlers are displayed with this messages and the user must type the ENTER-key to accept.
ACTION $%s REQUIRES %s NOT %s
This error can happen when an action tries to do something with the wrong primitive value. For example adding an integer to a string with INT_ADD. Since the analyze phase checks for the right types this error can only happen when the basic libraries are defined wrong.
ACTION $%s REQUIRES VARIABLE %s NOT %s
This error can happen with actions which assign a value to a constant. Since the analyze phase checks for variable objects this error can only happen when the basic libraries are defined wrong. Principally this error is possible with the following operations: :=, incr, decr, wrd_rd, lin_rd